Carrier Air Conditioner User Manual

30GTN,GTR040-420  
30GUN,GUR040-420  
Air-Cooled Reciprocating Liquid Chillers  
with ComfortLink™ Controls  
50/60 Hz  
Controls Start-Up, Operation,  
Service, and Troubleshooting  
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS  
Installing, starting up, and servicing this equipment can be  
hazardous due to system pressures, electrical components, and  
equipment location (roof, elevated structures, etc.). Only  
trained, qualified installers and service mechanics should in-  
stall, start up, and service this equipment.  
When working on this equipment, observe precautions in  
the literature, and on tags, stickers, and labels attached to the  
equipment, and any other safety precautions that apply. Follow  
all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use care  
in handling, rigging, and setting this equipment, and in han-  
dling all electrical components.  
DO NOT attempt to unbraze factory joints when servicing  
this equipment. Compressor oil is flammable and there is  
no way to detect how much oil may be in any of the refrig-  
erant lines. Cut lines with a tubing cutter as required when  
performing service. Use a pan to catch any oil that may  
come out of the lines and as a gage for how much oil to add  
to system. DO NOT re-use compressor oil.  
CONTENTS  
Page  
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,3  
Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death. Shut  
off all power to this equipment during installation and ser-  
vice. There may be more than one disconnect switch. Tag  
all disconnect locations to alert others not to restore power  
until work is completed.  
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10  
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Main Base Board (MBB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Expansion Valve (EXV) Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Compressor Expansion Board (CXB). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Scrolling Marquee Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Energy Management Module (EMM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Enable/Off/Remote Contact Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Emergency On/Off Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Reset Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Board Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Control Module Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Carrier Comfort Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control  
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out com-  
ponents, or to bypass or otherwise depart from recom-  
mended procedures. Any short-to-ground of the control  
board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic  
modules or electrical components.  
OPERATING DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-47  
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
• T1 — COOLER LEAVING FLUID SENSOR  
• T2 — COOLER ENTERING FLUID SENSOR  
• T3,T4 — SATURATED CONDENSING  
TEMPERATURE SENSORS  
To prevent potential damage to heat exchanger tubes  
always run fluid through heat exchangers when adding or  
removing refrigerant charge. Use appropriate brine solu-  
tions in cooler fluid loops to prevent the freezing of heat  
exchangers when the equipment is exposed to temperatures  
below 32 F (0° C).  
• T5,T6 — COOLER SUCTION TEMPERATURE  
SENSORS  
• T7,T8 — COMPRESSOR SUCTION GAS  
TEMPERATURE SENSORS  
• T9 — OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR  
• T10 — REMOTE SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR  
Thermostatic Expansion Valves (TXV). . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Compressor Protection Control System  
(CPCS) or Control Relay (CR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Compressor Ground Current Protection Board  
(CGF) and Control Relay (CR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Energy Management Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Capacity Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
• ADDING ADDITIONAL UNLOADERS  
• MINUTES LEFT FOR START  
DO NOT VENT refrigerant relief valves within a building.  
Outlet from relief valves must be vented outdoors in accor-  
dance with the latest edition of ANSI/ASHRAE (American  
National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating,  
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers) 15 (Safety  
Code for Mechanical Refrigeration). The accumulation of  
refrigerant in an enclosed space can displace oxygen and  
cause asphyxiation. Provide adequate ventilation in  
enclosed or low overhead areas. Inhalation of high concen-  
trations of vapor is harmful and may cause heart irregulari-  
ties, unconsciousness or death. Misuse can be fatal. Vapor  
is heavier than air and reduces the amount of oxygen avail-  
able for breathing. Product causes eye and skin irritation.  
Decomposition products are hazardous.  
• MINUTES OFF TIME  
• LOADING SEQUENCE  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
PC 903 Catalog No. 563-025 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30GTN-3T Pg 1 3-00 Replaces: 30GTN-2T  
Book 2  
Tab 5c  
Table 1A — Unit Sizes and Modular Combinations  
(30GTN,R)  
inputs from compressors A1, A2, B1 and B2, and other status  
switches. See Table 3. The MBB also controls several outputs.  
Relay outputs controlled by the MBB are shown in Table 4.  
Information is transmitted between modules via a 3-wire com-  
munication bus or LEN (Local Equipment Network). The  
CCN (Carrier Comfort Network) bus is also supported. Con-  
nections to both LEN and CCN buses are made at TB3. See  
Fig. 5.  
UNIT  
30GTN,R  
NOMINAL  
TONS  
SECTION A  
UNIT 30GTN,R  
SECTION B  
UNIT 30GTN,R  
040  
045  
050  
060  
070  
080  
090  
100  
110  
130  
150  
170  
190  
210  
230  
245  
255  
270  
290  
315  
330  
360  
390  
420  
40  
45  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
Expansion Valve (EXV) Board — The electronic ex-  
pansion valve (EXV) board receives inputs from thermistors  
T7 and T8. See Table 2. The EXV board communicates with  
the MBB and directly controls the expansion valves to main-  
tain the correct compressor superheat.  
100  
110  
125  
145  
160  
180  
200  
220  
230  
240  
260  
280  
300  
325  
350  
380  
400  
Compressor Expansion Board (CXB) — The  
CXB is included as standard on sizes 150-210 (60 Hz) and 130  
(50 Hz) and associated modular units. The compressor expan-  
sion board (CXB) receives the feedback inputs from compres-  
sors A3, B3 and A4. See Table 3. The CXB board communi-  
cates the status to the MBB and controls the outputs for these  
compressors. An additional CXB is required for unit sizes 040-  
110, 130 (60 Hz), 230B-315B with additional unloaders.  
150  
150  
150  
170  
190  
210  
170  
190  
210  
210  
080  
090  
100  
100  
110  
110  
170  
190/170*  
190  
210  
Scrolling Marquee Display — This device is the key-  
pad interface used for accessing chiller information, reading  
sensor values, and testing the chiller. The marquee display is a  
4-key, 4-character, 16-segment LED (light-emitting diode) dis-  
play. Eleven mode LEDs are located on the display as well as  
an Alarm Status LED. See Marquee Display Usage section on  
page 29 for further details.  
*60 Hz units/50 Hz units.  
Table 1B — Unit Sizes and Modular Combinations  
(30GUN,R)  
UNIT  
NOMINAL  
TONS  
SECTION A  
SECTION B  
Energy Management Module (EMM) The  
EMM module is available as a factory-installed option or as a  
field-installed accessory. The EMM module receives 4 to  
20 mA inputs for the temperature reset, cooling set point reset  
and demand limit functions. The EMM module also receives  
the switch inputs for the field-installed 2-stage demand limit  
and ice done functions. The EMM module communicates the  
status of all inputs with the MBB, and the MBB adjusts the  
control point, capacity limit, and other functions according to  
the inputs received.  
30GUN,R  
UNIT 30GUN,R  
UNIT 30GUN,R  
040  
045  
050  
060  
070  
080  
090  
100  
110  
130  
150  
170  
190  
210  
230  
245  
255  
270  
290  
315  
330  
360  
390  
420  
26  
28  
34  
42  
48  
55  
59  
66  
72  
84  
99  
Enable/Off/Remote Contact Switch  
The  
110  
122  
134  
154  
158  
165  
176  
193  
206  
219  
243  
256  
268  
Enable/Off/Remote Contact switch is a 3-position switch used  
to control the chiller. When switched to the Enable position the  
chiller is under its own control. Move the switch to the Off po-  
sition to shut the chiller down. Move the switch to the Remote  
Contact position and a field installed dry contact can be used to  
start the chiller. The contacts must be rated for dry circuit appli-  
cation capable of handling a 24 vac load. In the Enable and Re-  
mote Contact (dry contacts closed) positions, the chiller is al-  
lowed to operate and respond to the scheduling configuration,  
CCN configuration and set point data. See Fig. 6.  
150  
150  
150  
170  
190  
210  
170  
190  
210  
210  
080  
090  
100  
100  
110  
110  
170  
190/170*  
190  
210  
Emergency On/Off Switch — The Emergency On/  
Off switch should only be used when it is required to shut the  
chiller off immediately. Power to the MBB, EMM, CXB, and  
marquee display is interrupted when this switch is off and all  
outputs from these modules will be turned off. The EXV board  
is powered separately, but expansion valves will be closed as a  
result of the loss of communication with the MBB. There is no  
pumpout cycle when this switch is used. See Fig. 6.  
*60 Hz units/50 Hz units.  
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS  
General — The 30GTN,R and 30GUN,R air-cooled recip-  
rocating chillers contain the ComfortLink™ electronic control  
system that controls and monitors all operations of the chiller.  
The control system is composed of several components as  
listed in the sections below. See Fig. 1 for typical control box  
drawing. See Fig. 2-4 for control schematics.  
Reset Button — A reset button is located on the fuse/  
circuit breaker panel for unit sizes 130-210 and associated  
modules. The reset button must be pressed to reset either  
Circuit Ground Fault board in the event of a trip.  
Main Base Board (MBB) — See Fig. 5. The MBB is  
the heart of the ComfortLink control system. It contains the  
major portion of operating software and controls the operation  
of the machine. The MBB continuously monitors input/output  
channel information received from its inputs and from all other  
modules. The MBB receives inputs from thermistors T1-T6,  
T9, and T10. See Table 2. The MBB also receives the feedback  
Board Addresses — The Main Base Board (MBB) has  
a 3-position Instance jumper that must be set to ‘1.’ All other  
boards have 4-position DIP switches. All switches are set to  
‘On’ for all boards.  
3
At each system element, the shields of its communication  
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is  
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield  
must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the commu-  
nication bus cable exits from one building and enters another,  
the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning sup-  
pressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the  
building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to  
the network:  
Control Module Communication  
RED LED — Proper operation of the control boards can be  
visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs (light-  
emitting diodes). When operating correctly, the red status  
LEDs should be blinking in unison at a rate of once every  
2 seconds. If the red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify  
that correct power is being supplied to all modules. Be sure that  
the Main Base Board (MBB) is supplied with the current soft-  
ware. If necessary, reload current software. If the problem still  
persists, replace the MBB. A red LED that is lit continuously or  
blinking at a rate of once per second or faster indicates that the  
board should be replaced.  
GREEN LED — The MBB has one green LED. The Local  
Equipment Network (LEN) LED should always be blinking  
whenever power is on. All other boards have a LEN LED  
which should be blinking whenever power is on. Check LEN  
connections for potential communication errors at the board J3  
and/or J4 connectors. Communication between modules is ac-  
complished by a 3-wire sensor bus. These 3 wires run in paral-  
lel from module to module. The J4 connector on the MBB pro-  
vides both power and communication directly to the marquee  
display only.  
1. Turn off power to the control box.  
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white  
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropri-  
ate colors for different colored cables.)  
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB3 of the plug,  
the white wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the  
(–) terminal.  
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB3 can also be used, but is  
only intended for temporary connection (for example, a  
laptop computer running Service Tool).  
IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent  
some routines from running and may prevent the unit  
from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the  
connector. If conditions return to normal, check the  
CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if necessary.  
A short in one section of the bus can cause problems  
with all system elements on the bus.  
YELLOW LED — The MBB has one yellow LED. The  
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) LED will blink during times  
of network communication.  
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) Interface —  
The 30GTN,R chiller units can be connected to the CCN if  
desired. The communication bus wiring is a shielded,  
3-conductor cable with drain wire and is supplied and installed  
in the field. The system elements are connected to the commu-  
nication bus in a daisy chain arrangement. The positive pin of  
each system element communication connector must be wired  
to the positive pins of the system elements on either side of it.  
This is also required for the negative and signal ground pins of  
each system element. Wiring connections for CCN should be  
made at TB3. Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for fur-  
ther information.  
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (Amer-  
ican Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual  
conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl,  
Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil  
shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl,  
or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of  
–20 C to 60 C is required. Wire manufactured by Alpha (2413  
or 5463), American (A22503), Belden (8772), or Columbia  
(02525) meets the above mentioned requirements.  
Table 2 — Thermistor Designations  
PIN  
THERMISTOR  
CONNECTION  
POINT  
THERMISTOR INPUT  
Cooler Leaving Fluid  
Cooler Entering Fluid  
Saturated Condensing  
Temperature, Ckt A  
Saturated Condensing  
Temperature, Ckt B  
Cooler Suction Temperature,  
Ckt A (EXV Only)  
Cooler Suction Temperature,  
Ckt B (EXV Only)  
Compressor Suction Gas  
Temperature, Ckt A (EXV Only)  
Compressor Suction Gas  
Temperature, Ckt B (EXV Only)  
Outdoor-Air Temperature  
Sensor or Dual Chiller LWT  
Sensors (Accessory)  
NO.  
T1  
T2  
J8-13,14 (MBB)  
J8-11,12 (MBB)  
J8-21,22 (MBB)  
T3  
T4  
T5  
T6  
T7  
T8  
J8-15,16 (MBB)  
J8-24,25 (MBB)  
J8-18,19 (MBB)  
J5-11,12 (EXV)  
J5-9,10 (EXV)  
J8-7,8 (MBB)  
T9  
J8-5,6 (MBB)  
Remote Space Temperature  
Sensor (Accessory)  
T10  
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication  
bus that a color coding scheme be used for the entire network  
to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used  
for the signal positive, black for the signal negative, and white  
for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables contain-  
ing different colored wires.  
LEGEND  
EXV  
MBB  
Electronic Expansion Valve  
Main Base Board  
4
Table 3 — Status Switches  
170,190,  
270A,290A,  
330A/B,  
PIN  
070  
130 (50 Hz)  
150, 230A-  
255A  
210, 315A,  
390A,  
420A/B  
040-060 (50 Hz)  
040-070 (60 Hz)  
090-110,  
245B-315B  
130  
(60 Hz)  
STATUS SWITCH  
CONNECTION  
POINT  
(50 Hz)  
080, 230B  
360A/B, 390B  
Oil Pressure, Ckt B  
Oil Pressure, Ckt A  
Remote On/Off  
J7-1, 2 (MBB)  
J7-3, 4 (MBB)  
TB5-13, 14  
Not Used*  
Not Used*  
OPSB  
OPSA  
OPSB  
OPSA  
OPSB  
OPSA  
OPSB  
OPSA  
OPSB  
OPSA  
OPSB  
OPSA  
Field-Installed Relay Closure  
Compressor Fault  
J5-8, 12 (CXB)  
J9-2, 12 (MBB)  
J9-8, 12 (MBB)  
J5-5, 12 (CXB)  
J5-11, 12 (CXB)  
J9-5, 12 (MBB)  
J9-11, 12 (MBB)  
Not Used  
Not Used  
Not Used  
Not Used  
CPCS-B1  
Not Used  
Not Used  
CPCS-A2  
CPCS-A1  
Not Used  
Not Used  
CR-B2  
Not Used  
CR-B3  
CR-B2  
CR-B1  
Not Used  
CR-A3  
CR-A2  
CR-A1  
CR-B3  
CR-B2  
CR-B1  
CR-A4  
CR-A3  
CR-A2  
CR-A1  
Signal, B3  
Compressor Fault  
Signal, B2  
CPCS-B2  
CPCS-B1  
Not Used  
Not Used  
CPCS-A2  
CPCS-A1  
CR-B2  
CR-B1  
Not Used  
CR-A3  
CR-A2  
CR-A1  
Compressor Fault  
CR/CPCS-B1†  
Not Used  
CR-B1  
Signal, B1  
Compressor Fault  
Signal, A4  
Not Used  
Not Used  
CR-A2  
Compressor Fault  
Not Used  
Signal, A3  
Compressor Fault  
Signal, A2  
Not Used  
Compressor Fault  
CR/CPCS-A1†  
CR-A1  
Signal, A1  
LEGEND  
CPCS — Compressor Protection Control System  
*The OPS can also be added as an accessory.  
†The CPCS can be added as an accessory.  
CR  
Control Relay  
CXB — Compressor Expansion Board  
MBB — Main Base Board  
OPS — Oil Pressure Switch, Circuit A or B  
Table 4 — Output Relay  
LEGEND FOR FIG. 1-4  
C
Compressor Contactor  
Circuit Breaker  
RELAY  
DESCRIPTION  
NO.  
CB  
CCN  
CGF  
CHT  
CKT  
CLHR  
CPCS  
CWFS  
CWPI  
CR  
Carrier Comfort Network  
Compressor Ground Fault  
Cooler Heater Thermostat  
Energize Compressor A1 and OFM1 (040-110*)  
Energize Liquid Line Solenoid Valve for Ckt A (if used)  
(040-110*)  
K1(MBB)  
K2 (MBB)  
Circuit  
Energize Compressor A1, OFM5, and OFM7 (130-210*)  
Cooler Heater Relay  
Energize Compressor B1 and OFM2 (040-110*)  
Energize Liquid Line Solenoid Valve for Ckt B (if used)  
(040-110*)  
Energize Compressor B1, OFM6, and OFM8 (130-210*)  
Energize Unloader A1 (040-170*)  
No Action (190-210*)  
Energize Unloader B1 (040-070†, 080-170*)  
No Action (190,210*)  
No Action (040-060, 50 Hz; 040-070, 60 Hz)  
Energize Compressor A2 (070, 50 Hz; 080-210*)  
Compressor Protection and Control System  
Chilled Water Flow Switch  
Chilled Water Pump Interlock  
Control Relay  
K3 (MBB)  
K4 (MBB)  
K5 (MBB)  
K6 (MBB)  
CXB  
Compressor Expansion Board  
EQUIP GND Equipment Ground  
FB  
FC  
Fuse Block  
Fan Contactor  
FCB  
FIOP  
EMM  
EXV  
FCB  
HPS  
LCS  
LEN  
MBB  
NEC  
OAT  
OPS  
PL  
Fan Circuit Breaker  
Factory-Installed Option Package  
Energy Management Module  
Electronic Expansion Valve  
Fan Circuit Breaker  
High-Pressure Switch  
Loss-of-Charge Switch  
Local Equipment Network  
Main Base Board  
National Electrical Code  
Outdoor-Air Temperature  
Oil Pressure Switch  
Plug  
No Action (040-080*)  
Energize Compressor B2 (090-210*)  
K7 (MBB) Alarm  
K8 (MBB) Cooler Pump  
Energize First Stage of Condenser Fans:  
040-050 —OFM3  
060-110* — OFM3, OFM4  
K9 (MBB)  
130 (60 Hz) — OFM1,OFM2  
Energize First Stage of Ckt A Condenser Fans:  
130 (50 Hz), 150,170* — OFM1  
190,210* —OFM1,OFM11  
Energize Second Stage of Condenser Fans:  
040-050 — OFM4  
060-090* — OFM5, OFM6  
100,110* — OFM5,OFM6,OFM7,OFM8  
130 (60 Hz) — OFM3,OFM4,OFM9,OFM10  
Energize First Stage of Ckt B Condenser Fans:  
130 (50 Hz), 150,170* — OFM2  
190,210* — OFM2,OFM12  
PW  
SN  
Part Wind  
Sensor (Toroid)  
SPT  
TRAN  
SW  
Space Temperature  
Transformer  
K10 (MBB)  
Switch  
TB  
Terminal Block  
TDR  
TXV  
UL  
Time Delay Relay  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve  
Unloader  
K11 (MBB) Hot Gas Bypass  
No Action (040-110*; 130, 60 Hz)  
Energize Compressor A3 (130, 50 Hz; 150-210*)  
No Action (040-150*)  
Energize Compressor B3 (170-210*)  
Energize Compressor A4 (210*)  
Energize Accessory Unloader A2 (080-110*)  
XL  
Across-the-Line  
K1 (CXB)  
K2 (CXB)  
K3 (CXB)  
K4 (CXB) Energize Accessory Unloader B2 (080-110*)  
Energize Second Stage of Ckt A Condenser Fans:  
130 (50 Hz), 150-210* — OFM3,OFM9  
K5 (CXB)  
Energize Second Stage of Ckt B Condenser Fans:  
130 (50 Hz), 150-210* — OFM4,OFM10  
K6 (CXB)  
LEGEND  
OFM — Outdoor-Fan Motor  
*And associated modular units.  
†Field-installed accessory unloader.  
5
6
CCN  
LEN  
DATA  
COMMUNICATION  
PORT  
Fig. 2 — 24 V Control Schematic, Unit Sizes 040-070  
7
CCN  
LEN  
DATA  
COMMUNICATION  
PORT  
/
Fig. 3 — 24 V Control Schematic, Unit Sizes 080-110, 230B-315B  
8
CCN  
LEN  
DATA  
COMMUNICATION  
PORT  
Fig. 4 — 24 V Control Schematic, Unit Sizes 130-210, 230A-315A, 330A/B-420A/B  
9
RED LED - STATUS  
GREEN LED -  
LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)  
YELLOW LED -  
CCN (CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK)  
INSTANCE JUMPER  
CEPL130346-01  
J1  
STATUS  
J2  
J3  
J10  
LEN  
J4  
CCN  
J5  
J6  
J7  
J8  
J9  
Fig. 5 — Main Base Board  
EMERGENCY ON/OFF  
SWITCH  
ENABLE/OFF/REMOTE  
CONTACT SWITCH  
GFI-CONVENIENCE  
OUTLET ACCESSORY  
ON 208/230V 460 AND  
575V ONLY  
RESET BUTTON  
(SIZES 130-210 AND  
ASSOCIATED MODULES ONLY)  
Fig. 6 — Enable/Off/Remote Contact Switch, Emergency On/Off Switch,  
and Reset Button Locations  
10  
T3, T4 — SATURATED CONDENSING TEMPERATURE  
SENSORS — These 2 thermistors are clamped to the outside  
of a return bend of the condenser coils.  
T5, T6 — COOLER SUCTION TEMPERATURE SEN-  
SORS — These thermistors are located next to the refrigerant  
inlet in the cooler head, and are inserted into a friction-fit well.  
The sensor well is located directly in the refrigerant path. These  
thermistors are not used on units with TXVs.  
T7, T8 — COMPRESSOR SUCTION GAS TEMPERA-  
TURE SENSORS — These thermistors are located in the lead  
compressor in each circuit in a suction passage after the refrig-  
erant has passed over the motor and is about to enter the cylin-  
ders. These thermistors are inserted into friction-fit wells. The  
sensor wells are located directly in the refrigerant path. These  
thermistors are not used on units with TXVs.  
T9 — OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR —  
Sensor T9 is an accessory sensor that is remotely mounted and  
used for outdoor-air temperature reset.  
OPERATING DATA  
Sensors — The electronic control uses 4 to 10 thermistors  
to sense temperatures for controlling chiller operation. See  
Table 2. These sensors are outlined below. See Fig. 7-10 for  
thermistor locations. Thermistors T1-T9 are 5 kat 77 F  
(25 C). Thermistors T1, T2, T3-T6 and T7-T9 have different  
temperature versus resistance and voltage drop performance.  
Thermistor T10 is 10 kat 77 F (25 C) and has a different tem-  
perature vs resistance and voltage drop performance. See Ther-  
mistors section on page 59 for temperature-resistance-voltage  
drop characteristics.  
T1 — COOLER LEAVING FLUID SENSOR — This ther-  
mistor is located in the leaving fluid nozzle. The thermistor  
probe is inserted into a friction-fit well.  
T2 — COOLER ENTERING FLUID SENSOR — This  
thermistor is located in the cooler shell in the first baffle space  
in close proximity to the cooler tube bundle.  
040-110*  
130-210*  
1/2 NPT MALE  
THREADED ADAPTER  
1/2PVC SHIELD  
MIN. 6OF 22 AWG WIRES  
WITH ENDS STRIPPED BACK  
.251/8”  
REF.  
.83 D  
(21.1)  
REF.  
1.81  
(46.0)  
3/16DIA.  
THERMOWELL (S.S.)  
REF.  
5.75  
(146.1  
LEGEND  
AWG  
EXV  
American Wire Gage  
Electronic Wire Gage  
*And associated modular units.  
Fig. 7 — Cooler Thermistor Locations and Accessory Outdoor-Air Temperature Sensor Detail  
11  
040-070  
080-110 AND ASSOCIATED MODULAR UNITS*  
130-210 AND ASSOCIATED MODULAR UNITS*  
*When thermistor is viewed from perspective where the compressor is on the left and the cooler is on the right.  
Fig. 8 — Thermistor T3 and T4 Locations  
12  
LEGEND  
EXV — Electronic Expansion Valve  
Fig. 9 — Compressor Thermistor Locations (T7 and T8)  
Fig. 10 — Typical Thermistor Location (30GTN,R and 30GUN,R 210, 315A, 390A, 420A/B Shown)  
13  
T10 — REMOTE SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR —  
Sensor T10 (part no. HH51BX006) is an accessory sensor that  
is remotely mounted in the controlled space and used for space  
temperature reset. The sensor should be installed as a  
wall-mounted thermostat would be (in the conditioned space  
where it will not be subjected to either a cooling or heating  
source or direct exposure to sunlight, and 4 to 5 ft above the  
floor). The push button override button is not supported by the  
ComfortLink™ Controls.  
2. Insert and secure the red (+) wire to terminal 5 of the  
space temperature sensor terminal block.  
3. Insert and secure the white (ground) wire to terminal 4 of  
the space temperature sensor.  
4. Insert and secure the black (–) wire to terminal 2 of the  
space temperature sensor.  
5. Connect the other end of the communication bus cable to  
the remainder of the CCN communication bus.  
Space temperature sensor wires are to be connected to ter-  
minals in the unit main control box. The space temperature  
sensor includes a terminal block (SEN) and a RJ11 female con-  
nector. The RJ11 connector is used to tap into the Carrier Com-  
fort Network (CCN) at the sensor.  
SPT (T10) PART NO. HH51BX006  
SENSOR  
TB5  
To connect the space temperature sensor (Fig. 11):  
SEN  
SEN  
1. Using a 20 AWG (American Wire Gage) twisted pair  
conductor cable rated for the application, connect 1  
wire of the twisted pair to one SEN terminal and con-  
nect the other wire to the other SEN terminal located  
under the cover of the space temperature sensor.  
2. Connect the other ends of the wires to terminals 5 and 6  
on TB5 located in the unit control box.  
5
6
Fig. 11 — Typical Space Temperature  
Sensor Wiring  
Units on the CCN can be monitored from the space at the  
sensor through the RJ11 connector, if desired. To wire the RJ11  
connector into the CCN (Fig. 12):  
IMPORTANT: The cable selected for the RJ11 connec-  
tor wiring MUST be identical to the CCN communica-  
tion bus wire used for the entire network. Refer to table  
below for acceptable wiring.  
T-55 SPACE  
SENSOR  
6
5
4
3
2
1
PART NO.  
CCN+  
MANUFACTURER  
Regular Wiring  
1895  
Plenum Wiring  
TO CCN  
CCN GND  
Alpha  
American  
Belden  
Columbia  
Manhattan  
Quabik  
A48301  
884421  
TERMINALS  
ON TB3  
A21451  
8205  
D6451  
AT UNIT  
CCN-  
M13402  
6130  
M64430  
1. Cut the CCN wire and strip ends of the red (+), white  
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (If another wire  
color scheme is used, strip ends of appropriate wires.)  
Fig. 12 — CCN Communications Bus Wiring  
to Optional Space Sensor RJ11 Connector  
14  
of any compressor winding exceeds 2.5 amps. If this occurs,  
the lead compressor in that circuit is shut down along with oth-  
er compressors in that circuit.  
Thermostatic Expansion Valves (TXV) — Model  
30GTN,R and 30GUN,R 040-110 units are available from the  
factory with conventional TXVs with liquid line solenoids. The  
liquid line solenoid valves are not intended to be a mechanical  
shut-off. When service is required, use the liquid line service  
valvetopumpdownthesystem.  
A high-pressure switch is wired in series between the MBB  
and the CR. On compressor A1 and B1 a loss-of-charge switch  
is also wired in series with the high-pressure switch. The lead  
compressor in each circuit also has the CGF contacts described  
above. If any of these switches open during operation of a com-  
pressor, the CR relay is deenergized, stopping the compressor  
and signaling the processor at the MBB-J9 inputs to lock out  
the compressor. If the lead compressor in either circuit is shut  
down by high-pressure switch, compressor ground fault, oil  
pressure switch, or the loss-of-charge switch, all compressors  
in that circuit are also shut down.  
NOTE: This option is not available for modular units.  
The TXV is set at the factory to maintain approximately 8 to  
12° F (4.4 to 6.7° C) suction superheat leaving the cooler by  
metering the proper amount of refrigerant into the cooler. All  
TXVs are adjustable, but should not be adjusted unless abso-  
lutely necessary. When TXV is used, thermistors T5, T6, T7,  
and T8 are not required.  
The TXV is designed to limit the cooler saturated suction  
temperature to 55 F (12.8 C). This makes it possible for unit to  
start at high cooler fluid temperatures without overloading the  
compressor.  
Compressor Protection Control System (CPCS  
[CPCS — Standard on Sizes 080-110 and  
Optional on Sizes 040-070]) or Control Relay  
(CR) — 30GTN,R and 30GUN,R 040-110 — Each  
compressor has its own CPCS module or CR. See Fig. 13 for  
CPCS module. The CPCS or CR is used to control and protect  
the compressors and crankcase heaters. The CPCS and CR pro-  
vide the following functions:  
compressor contactor control/crankcase heater  
crankcase heater control  
compressor ground current protection (CPCS only)  
status communication to processor board  
high-pressure protection  
Fig. 13 Compressor Protection Control  
System Module Sizes 040-110  
One large relay is located on the CPCS board. This relay  
controls the crankcase heater and compressor contactor, and  
also provides a set of signal contacts that the microprocessor  
monitors to determine the operating status of the compressor. If  
the processor board determines that the compressor is not oper-  
ating properly through the signal contacts, it will lock the com-  
pressor off by deenergizing the proper 24-v control relay on the  
relay board. The CPCS board contains logic that can detect if  
the current-to-ground of any compressor winding exceeds  
2.5 amps. If this condition occurs, the CPCS shuts down the  
compressor.  
A high-pressure switch is wired in series between the MBB  
and the CR or CPCS. On compressor A1 and B1 a loss-of-  
charge switch is also wired in series with the high-pressure  
switch. If the high-pressure switch opens during operation of a  
compressor, the compressor will be stopped, the failure will be  
detected through the signal contacts, and the compressor will  
be locked off. If the lead compressor in either circuit is shut  
down by the high-pressure switch, loss-of-charge switch,  
ground current protector, or oil safety switch, all compressors  
in that circuit are shut down.  
Fig. 14 Compressor Ground Fault Module  
Sizes 130-210  
NOTE: The CR operates the same as the CPCS, except the  
ground current circuit protection is not provided.  
Compressor Ground Current Protection  
Board (CGF) and Control Relay (CR) — The  
30GTN,R and 30GUN,R 130-210, and associated modular  
units (see Table 1) contain one compressor ground current pro-  
tection board (CGF) (see Fig. 14) for each refrigeration circuit.  
The CGF contains logic that can detect if the current-to-ground  
15  
Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV) (See  
Fig. 15) Standard units are equipped with a bottom seal  
EXV. This device eliminates the use of the liquid line solenoid  
pumpdown at unit shutdown. An O-ring has been added to bot-  
tom of orifice assembly to complete a seal in the valve on shut-  
down. This is not a mechanical shut-off. When service is  
required, use the liquid line service valve to pump down the  
system.  
STEPPER  
MOTOR (12 VDC)  
LEAD SCREW  
High pressure refrigerant enters bottom of valve where it  
passes through a group of machined slots in side of orifice as-  
sembly. As refrigerant passes through the orifice, it drops in  
pressure. To control flow of refrigerant, the sleeve slides up and  
down along orifice assembly, modulating the size of orifice.  
The sleeve is moved by a linear stepper motor that moves in in-  
crements controlled directly by the processor. As stepper motor  
rotates, the motion is translated into linear movement of lead  
screw. There are 1500 discrete steps with this combination. The  
valve orifice begins to be exposed at 320 steps. Since there is  
not a tight seal with the orifice and the sleeve, the minimum po-  
sition for operation is 120 steps.  
PISTON SLEEVE  
ORIFICE ASSEMBLY  
(INSIDE PISTON SLEEVE)  
Two thermistors are used to determine suction superheat.  
One thermistor is located in the cooler and the other is located  
in the cylinder end of the compressor after refrigerant has  
passed over the motor. The difference between the 2 ther-  
mistors is the suction superheat. These machines are set up to  
provide approximately 5 to 7 F (2.8 to 3.9 C) superheat leaving  
the cooler. Motor cooling accounts for approximately 22 F  
(12.2 C) on 30GTN,R units and 16 F (8.9 C) on 30GUN,R  
units, resulting in a superheat entering compressor cylinders of  
approximately 29 F (16.1 C) for 30GTN,R units and 23 F  
(12.8 C) for 30GUN,R units.  
Because the valves are controlled by the EXV module, it is  
possible to track the position of the valve. Valve position can be  
used to control head pressure and system refrigerant charge.  
During initial start-up, the EXV module will drive each  
valve fully closed. After initialization period, valve position is  
controlled by the EXV module and the MBB.  
Fig. 15 Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV)  
an external 4 to 20 mA signal (requires Energy Management  
Module FIOP/accessory).  
With the automatic lead-lag feature in the unit, the control  
determines which circuit will start first, A or B. At the first call  
for cooling, the lead compressor crankcase heater will be deen-  
ergized, a condenser fan will start, and the compressor will start  
unloaded.  
NOTE: The automatic lead-lag feature is only operative when  
an even number of unloaders is present. The 040-070 units  
require an accessory unloader to be installed on the B1 com-  
pressor for the lead-lag feature to be in effect.  
If the circuit has been off for 15 minutes, and the unit is a  
TXV unit, liquid line solenoid will remain closed during start-  
up of each circuit for 15 seconds while the cooler and suction  
lines are purged of any liquid refrigerant. For units with EXVs,  
the lead compressor will be signaled to start. The EXV will re-  
main at minimum position for 10 seconds before it is allowed  
to modulate.  
After the purge period, the EXV will begin to meter the re-  
frigerant, or the liquid line solenoid will open allowing the  
TXV to meter the refrigerant to the cooler. If the off-time is less  
than 15 minutes, the EXV will be opened as soon as the com-  
pressor starts.  
The EXVs will open gradually to provide a controlled start-  
up to prevent liquid flood-back to the compressor. During start-  
up, the oil pressure switch is bypassed for 2 minutes to allow  
for the transient changes during start-up. As additional stages  
of compression are required, the processor control will add  
them. See Tables 5A and 5B.  
If a circuit is to be stopped, the control will first start to close  
the EXV or close the liquid line solenoid valve.  
For units with TXVs, the lag compressor(s) will be shut  
down and the lead compressor will continue to operate for  
10 seconds to purge the cooler of any refrigerant.  
The EXV is used to limit the maximum cooler saturated  
suction temperature to 55 F (12.8 C). This makes it possible for  
the chiller to start at high cooler fluid temperatures without  
overloading the compressor.  
Energy Management Module (Fig. 16) This  
factory-installed option or field-installed accessory is used for  
the following types of temperature reset, demand limit, and/or  
ice features:  
4 to 20 mA leaving fluid temperature reset (requires  
field-supplied 4 to 20 mA generator)  
4 to 20 mA cooling set point reset (requires field-  
supplied 4 to 20 mA generator)  
Discrete inputs for 2-step demand limit (requires field-  
supplied dry contacts capable of handling a 5 vdc, 1 to  
20 mA load)  
4 to 20 mA demand limit (requires field-supplied 4 to  
20 mA generator)  
Discrete input for Ice Done switch (requires field-  
supplied dry contacts capable of handling a 5 vdc, 1 to  
20 mA load)  
See Demand Limit and Temperature Reset sections on  
pages 46 and 43 for further details.  
For units with EXVs, the lag compressor(s) will be shut  
down and the lead compressor will continue to run. After the  
lag compressor(s) has shut down, the EXV is signaled to close.  
The lead compressor will remain on for 10 seconds after the  
EXV is closed.  
During both algorithms (TXV and EXV), all diagnostic  
conditions will be honored. If a safety trip or alarm condition is  
detected before pumpdown is complete, the circuit will be shut  
down.  
Capacity Control The control system cycles com-  
pressors, unloaders, and hot gas bypass solenoids to maintain  
the user-configured leaving chilled fluid temperature set point.  
Entering fluid temperature is used by the Main Base Board  
(MBB) to determine the temperature drop across the cooler and  
is used in determining the optimum time to add or subtract ca-  
pacity stages. The chilled fluid temperature set point can be au-  
tomatically reset by the return temperature reset or space and  
outdoor-air temperature reset features. It can also be reset from  
16  
CEBD430351-0396-01C  
J1  
J2  
LEN  
J4  
J3  
STATUS  
J5  
J7  
J6  
TEST 2  
GREEN LED -  
LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)  
ADDRESS  
DIP SWITCH  
RED LED - STATUS  
Fig. 16 Energy Management Module  
The capacity control algorithm runs every 30 seconds. The  
algorithm attempts to maintain the leaving chilled water tem-  
perature at the control point. Each time it runs, the control reads  
the entering and leaving fluid temperatures. The control deter-  
mines the rate at which conditions are changing and calculates  
2 variables based on these conditions. Next, a capacity ratio is  
calculated using the 2 variables to determine whether or not to  
make any changes to the current stages of capacity. This ratio  
value ranges from 100 to + 100%. If the next stage of capacity  
is a compressor, the control starts (stops) a compressor when  
the ratio reaches +100% (100%). If the next stage of capacity  
is an unloader, the control deenergizes (energizes) an unloader  
when the ratio reaches +60% (60%). Unloaders are allowed to  
cycle faster than compressors, to minimize the number of starts  
and stops on each compressor. A delay of 90 seconds occurs af-  
ter each capacity step change.  
17  
Table 5A Part Load Data Percent Displacement, Standard Units  
LOADING SEQUENCE A  
LOADING SEQUENCE B  
UNIT  
30GTN,R  
30GUN,R  
CONTROL  
STEPS  
% Displacement  
% Displacement  
Compressors  
Compressors  
(Approx)  
(Approx)  
1
2
3
4
25  
50  
A1*  
A1  
A1*, B1  
A1,B1  
040 (60 Hz)  
75  
100  
1
2
3
4
24  
47  
A1*  
A1  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
040 (50 Hz)  
045 (60 Hz)  
76  
100  
1
2
3
4
31  
44  
A1*  
A1  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
045 (50 Hz)  
050 (60 Hz)  
87  
100  
1
2
3
4
28  
42  
A1*  
A1  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
050 (50 Hz)  
060 (60 Hz)  
87  
100  
1
2
3
4
33  
50  
A1*  
A1  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
060 (50 Hz)  
070 (60 Hz)  
83  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
19  
27  
A1*  
A1  
65  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
070 (50 Hz)  
73  
92  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
22  
34  
A1*  
A1  
30  
44  
B1*  
B1  
52  
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
52  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
080, 230B (60 Hz)  
67  
63  
78  
78  
89  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
85  
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
100  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
17  
25  
A1*  
A1  
25  
38  
B1*  
B1  
A1*,B1*  
A1, B1*  
A1,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
42  
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1  
42  
54  
50  
080, 230B (50 Hz)  
62  
A1,B1  
62  
79  
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
79  
92  
88  
100  
100  
1
2
18  
27  
35  
44  
53  
56  
65  
74  
82  
91  
100  
A1*  
A1  
18  
27  
35  
44  
53  
62  
71  
80  
82  
91  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
5
090, 245B (60 Hz)  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
2
14  
21  
29  
36  
43  
61  
68  
75  
86  
93  
100  
A1  
A1  
14  
21  
29  
36  
43  
53  
60  
67  
86  
93  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
5
090, 245B (50 Hz)  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
2
16  
23  
31  
39  
46  
58  
66  
73  
85  
92  
100  
A1*  
A1  
16  
23  
31  
39  
46  
58  
66  
73  
85  
92  
100  
A1*  
A1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
5
100, 255B,  
270B (60 Hz)  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
7
8
9
10  
11  
*Unloaded compressor.  
NOTE: These capacity control steps may vary due to lag compressor sequencing.  
18  
Table 5A Part Load Data Percent Displacement, Standard Units (cont)  
LOADING SEQUENCE A  
LOADING SEQUENCE B  
UNIT  
30GTN,R  
30GUN,R  
CONTROL  
STEPS  
% Displacement  
% Displacement  
Compressors  
Compressors  
(Approx)  
(Approx)  
1
2
13  
20  
26  
33  
40  
57  
63  
70  
87  
93  
100  
A1*  
A1  
13  
20  
26  
33  
40  
57  
63  
70  
87  
93  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
5
100, 255B  
270B (50 Hz)  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
2
14  
21  
29  
36  
43  
61  
68  
75  
86  
93  
100  
A1*  
A1  
14  
21  
29  
36  
43  
53  
60  
67  
86  
93  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
5
110, 290B,  
315B (60 Hz)  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
2
17  
25  
33  
42  
50  
58  
67  
75  
83  
92  
100  
A1*  
A1  
17  
25  
33  
42  
50  
58  
67  
75  
83  
92  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
5
110, 290B,  
315B (50 Hz)  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
2
14  
21  
28  
35  
42  
58  
64  
71  
87  
93  
100  
A1*  
A1  
14  
21  
28  
35  
42  
58  
64  
71  
87  
93  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1*  
B1,B1  
5
130 (60 Hz)  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,G1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
2
10  
14  
26  
35  
39  
44  
53  
57  
69  
78  
82  
87  
96  
100  
A1*  
A1  
16  
25  
26  
31  
39  
51  
56  
64  
69  
75  
82  
87  
91  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
5
6
7
130 (50 Hz)  
8
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
1
2
11  
15  
29  
38  
42  
44  
53  
58  
71  
80  
85  
86  
95  
100  
A1*  
A1  
18  
27  
29  
33  
42  
55  
60  
69  
71  
75  
85  
86  
91  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
5
6
150, 230A, 245A,  
255A (60 Hz)  
7
8
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
*Unloaded compressor.  
NOTE: These capacity control steps may vary due to lag compressor sequencing.  
19  
Table 5A Part Load Data Percent Displacement, Standard Units (cont)  
LOADING SEQUENCE A  
LOADING SEQUENCE B  
UNITT  
30GTN,R  
30GUN,R  
CONTROL  
STEPS  
% Displacement  
% Displacement  
Compressors  
Compressors  
(Approx)  
(Approx)  
1
2
13  
20  
26  
33  
40  
46  
53  
60  
66  
73  
80  
86  
93  
100  
A1*  
A1  
13  
20  
26  
33  
40  
46  
53  
60  
66  
73  
80  
86  
93  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
A1*,B1*,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
5
6
150, 230A, 245A,  
255A (50 Hz)  
7
8
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
1
2
11  
17  
23  
28  
33  
39  
45  
50  
56  
61  
67  
73  
78  
83  
89  
95  
100  
A1*  
A1  
11  
17  
23  
28  
33  
39  
45  
50  
56  
61  
67  
73  
78  
83  
89  
95  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
5
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,B1*,B2  
7
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,B1*,B2  
8
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
170, 270A,  
330A/B (60 Hz)  
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
1
2
9
14  
19  
23  
28  
33  
37  
42  
52  
57  
61  
72  
76  
81  
91  
96  
100  
A1*  
A1  
9
14  
19  
23  
28  
38  
43  
47  
52  
57  
61  
72  
76  
81  
91  
96  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
5
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,B1*,B2  
7
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,B1*,B2  
170, 270A,  
330A/B,  
360B (50 Hz)  
8
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
1
2
3
4
5
6
13  
25  
A1  
13  
25  
B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
190, 290A, 360A/B,  
390B (60 Hz)  
41  
A1,A2,B1  
41  
A1,B1,B2  
56  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
56  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
78  
78  
100  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
17  
33  
A1  
17  
33  
B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
190, 290A, 360A,  
390B (50 Hz)  
50  
A1,A2,B1  
50  
A1,B1,B2  
67  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
67  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
83  
83  
100  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11  
25  
A1  
14  
25  
B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
36  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
44  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
210, 315A, 390A,  
420A/B (60 Hz)  
56  
56  
67  
75  
86  
86  
100  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
26  
A1  
16  
26  
B1  
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
35  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
42  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
210, 315A, 390A,  
420A/B (50 Hz)  
51  
51  
67  
67  
84  
84  
100  
100  
*Unloaded compressor.  
NOTE: These capacity control steps may vary due to lag compressor sequencing.  
20  
Table 5B Part Load Data Percent Displacement, With Accessory Unloaders  
LOADING SEQUENCE A  
LOADING SEQUENCE B  
UNIT  
30GTN,R  
30GUN,R  
CONTROL  
STEPS  
% Displacement  
% Displacement  
Compressors  
Compressors  
(Approx)  
(Approx)  
1
2
3
4
25  
50  
A1*  
A1  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
25  
50  
B1*  
B1  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
040 (60 Hz)  
75  
75  
100  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
24  
47  
A1*  
A1  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
21  
37  
B1†  
B1*  
45  
53  
B1  
040 (50 Hz)  
045 (60 Hz)  
61  
84  
100  
45  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
61  
84  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18  
31  
A1†  
A1*  
20  
38  
B1†  
B1*  
44  
A1  
56  
B1  
045 (50 Hz)  
050 (60 Hz)  
38  
A1,B1†  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
38  
A1,B1†  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
51  
51  
69  
69  
82  
82  
100  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
15  
28  
A1†  
A1*  
18  
38  
B1†  
B1*  
42  
A1  
58  
B1  
050 (50 Hz)  
060 (60 Hz)  
33  
A1,B1†  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
33  
A1,B1†  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
47  
47  
67  
67  
80  
80  
100  
100  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16  
33  
A1†  
A1*  
16  
33  
B1†  
B1*  
50  
A1  
50  
B1  
060 (50 Hz)  
070 (60 Hz)  
31  
A1,B1†  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
31  
A1,B1†  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
49  
49  
66  
66  
83  
83  
100  
100  
1
2
11  
19  
27  
25  
33  
49  
57  
73  
84  
92  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
15  
31  
47  
25  
33  
49  
57  
73  
68  
84  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1†  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1†  
A1*,B1†  
A1*,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
A1,A2,B1†  
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
5
070 (50 Hz)  
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11  
22  
A1†  
A1*  
15  
30  
B1†  
B1*  
34  
A1  
44  
B1  
41  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
48  
A1,B1†  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
080, 230B (60 Hz)  
55  
63  
67  
78  
78  
85  
89  
100  
100  
1
2
8
17  
25  
33  
46  
54  
62  
71  
84  
92  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
13  
25  
38  
50  
62  
67  
75  
88  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
5
080, 230B (50 Hz)  
6
A1*,A2,B1†  
A1,A2,B1†  
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
7
A1,B1  
8
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
9
10  
11  
1
2
9
18  
27  
35  
44  
53  
56  
65  
74  
82  
91  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
9
18  
27  
35  
44  
53  
62  
71  
80  
82  
91  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
5
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
6
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
090, 245B (60 Hz)  
7
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
*Unloaded compressor.  
Two unloaders, both unloaded.  
NOTE: Some control steps will be skipped if they do not increase chiller capacity when staging up or decrease chiller capacity when staging down.  
21  
Table 5B Part Load Data Percent Displacement, With Accessory Unloaders (cont)  
LOADING SEQUENCE A  
LOADING SEQUENCE B  
UNIT  
30GTN,R  
30GUN,R  
CONTROL  
STEPS  
% Displacement  
% Displacement  
Compressors  
Compressors  
(Approx)  
(Approx)  
1
2
7
14  
21  
29  
36  
43  
49  
54  
61  
68  
75  
79  
86  
93  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
7
14  
21  
29  
36  
43  
46  
53  
60  
67  
72  
79  
86  
93  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
5
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
6
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
7
A1,A2,B1†  
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
090, 245B (50 Hz)  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
1
2
8
16  
23  
31  
39  
46  
50  
58  
66  
73  
77  
85  
92  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
8
16  
23  
31  
39  
46  
50  
58  
66  
73  
77  
85  
92  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
5
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
6
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
100, 255B,  
270B (60 Hz)  
7
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
1
2
7
13  
20  
26  
33  
40  
43  
50  
57  
63  
70  
74  
80  
89  
93  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
7
13  
20  
26  
33  
40  
43  
50  
57  
63  
70  
74  
80  
87  
93  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
5
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
6
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
7
A1,A2,B1†  
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1*,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
100, 255B,  
270B (50 Hz)  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
1
2
7
14  
21  
29  
36  
43  
47  
54  
61  
68  
75  
79  
86  
93  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
7
14  
21  
29  
36  
43  
46  
53  
60  
67  
72  
79  
86  
93  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
5
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
6
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
7
A1,A2,B1†  
A1A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
110, 290B,  
315B (60 Hz)  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
1
2
8
17  
25  
33  
42  
50  
58  
67  
75  
83  
92  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
8
17  
25  
33  
42  
50  
58  
67  
75  
83  
92  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
5
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
110, 290B,  
315B (50 Hz)  
6
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
7
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
*Unloaded compressor.  
Two unloaders, both unloaded.  
NOTE: These capacity control steps may vary due to lag compressor sequencing.  
22  
Table 5B Part Load Data Percent Displacement, with Accessory Unloaders (cont)  
LOADING SEQUENCE A  
LOADING SEQUENCE B  
UNIT  
30GTN,R  
30GUN,R  
CONTROL  
STEPS  
% Displacement  
% Displacement  
Compressors  
Compressors  
(Approx)  
(Approx)  
1
2
8
14  
21  
22  
28  
35  
42  
44  
51  
58  
64  
71  
73  
80  
87  
93  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
8
14  
21  
22  
28  
35  
42  
44  
51  
58  
64  
71  
73  
80  
87  
93  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1*  
A1*,B1†  
5
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
6
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
7
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
8
A1,A2,B1†  
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1†  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1*,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
130 (60 Hz)  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
1
2
6
10  
14  
22  
31  
35  
39  
40  
49  
53  
57  
65  
74  
78  
82  
83  
91  
96  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
8
16  
25  
31  
39  
43  
47  
56  
64  
65  
74  
82  
83  
91  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
5
A1,B1  
6
A1*,B1  
A1*,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
7
A1,B1  
8
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
9
130 (50 Hz)  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
1
2
6
11  
15  
24  
33  
38  
42  
49  
53  
58  
66  
75  
80  
85  
91  
95  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
9
18  
27  
33  
42  
46  
51  
60  
69  
75  
86  
91  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1*  
A1,B1*  
A1,B1  
5
A1,B1  
6
A1*,B1  
A1*,B1,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
7
A1,B1  
8
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
150, 230A, 245A,  
255A (60 Hz)  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
1
2
6
13  
20  
26  
33  
40  
46  
53  
60  
66  
73  
80  
86  
93  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
6
13  
20  
26  
33  
40  
46  
53  
60  
66  
73  
80  
86  
93  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
5
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
6
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
7
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,B1,B2  
150, 230A, 245A,  
255A (50 Hz)  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
*Unloaded compressor.  
Two unloaders, both unloaded.  
NOTE: These capacity control steps may vary due to lag compressor sequencing.  
23  
Table 5B Part Load Data Percent Displacement, With Accessory Unloaders (cont)  
LOADING SEQUENCE A  
LOADING SEQUENCE B  
UNIT  
30GTN,R  
30GUN,R  
CONTROL  
STEPS  
% Displacement  
% Displacement  
Compressors  
Compressors  
(Approx)  
(Approx)  
1
2
6
11  
17  
17  
23  
28  
33  
34  
39  
45  
50  
51  
56  
61  
67  
67  
73  
78  
83  
84  
89  
95  
100  
A1†  
A1*  
6
11  
17  
17  
23  
28  
33  
34  
39  
45  
50  
51  
56  
61  
67  
67  
73  
78  
83  
84  
89  
95  
100  
B1†  
B1*  
3
A1  
B1  
4
A1,B1*  
A1*,B1†  
5
A1,B1  
A1,B1†  
6
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
7
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
8
A1,A2,B1*  
A1*,B1,B2  
9
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
170, 270A,  
330A/B (60 Hz)  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
1
2
5
9
A1†  
A1*  
5
9
B1†  
B1*  
3
14  
14  
19  
23  
28  
28  
33  
37  
42  
43  
48  
52  
57  
61  
63  
67  
72  
76  
81  
82  
87  
91  
96  
100  
A1  
14  
14  
19  
23  
28  
29  
34  
38  
43  
47  
48  
52  
57  
61  
63  
67  
72  
76  
81  
82  
87  
91  
96  
100  
B1  
4
A1,B1*  
A1*,B1†  
5
A1B1  
A1,B1†  
6
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
7
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
8
A1,A2,B1*  
A1,B1,B2  
9
A1,A2,B1  
A1*,B1,B2  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,B1,B2  
170, 270A,  
330A/B, 360B (50 Hz)  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B3,B3  
1
2
9
13  
18  
21  
25  
33  
37  
41  
49  
53  
56  
71  
74  
78  
93  
96  
100  
A1*  
A1  
9
13  
18  
21  
25  
33  
37  
41  
49  
53  
56  
71  
74  
78  
93  
96  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
5
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,B1*,B2  
7
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,B1*,B2  
8
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
190, 290A, 360A/B,  
390B (60 Hz)  
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
*Unloaded compressor.  
Two unloaders, both unloaded.  
NOTE: These capacity control steps may vary due to lag compressor sequencing.  
24  
Table 5B Part Load Data Percent Displacement, With Accessory Unloaders (cont)  
LOADING SEQUENCE A  
LOADING SEQUENCE B  
UNIT  
30GTN,R  
30GUN,R  
CONTROL  
STEPS  
% Displacement  
% Displacement  
Compressors  
Compressors  
(Approx)  
(Approx)  
1
2
11  
11  
22  
28  
33  
39  
44  
50  
55  
61  
67  
72  
78  
83  
89  
94  
100  
A1*  
A1  
11  
17  
22  
28  
33  
39  
44  
50  
55  
61  
67  
72  
78  
83  
89  
94  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
5
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,B1*,B2  
7
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,B1*,B2  
8
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
190, 290A, 360A,  
390B (50 Hz)  
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
1
2
8
11  
17  
22  
25  
28  
33  
36  
48  
52  
56  
59  
63  
67  
78  
83  
86  
92  
97  
100  
A1*  
A1  
9
14  
17  
21  
25  
37  
40  
44  
48  
51  
56  
67  
71  
75  
78  
82  
86  
92  
96  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
5
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,B1*,B2  
7
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,B1*,B2  
8
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
210, 315A, 390A,  
420A/B (60 Hz)  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,A4,B1*,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,A4,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
1
2
7
9
A1*  
A1  
11  
16  
17  
20  
26  
34  
36  
42  
43  
46  
51  
59  
62  
67  
75  
78  
84  
92  
94  
100  
B1*  
B1  
3
17  
23  
26  
27  
32  
35  
43  
48  
51  
59  
65  
67  
75  
81  
84  
92  
97  
100  
A1*,B1*  
A1*,B1*  
4
A1*,B1  
A1,B1*  
5
A1,B1  
A1,B1  
6
A1*,A2,B1*  
A1*,B1*,B2  
7
A1*,A2,B1  
A1,B1*,B2  
8
A1,A2,B1  
A1,B1,B2  
9
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,B1,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1*,B2  
A1,A2,B1,B2  
210, 315A, 390A,  
420A/B (50 Hz)  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,A4,B1*,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,B1,B2,B3  
A1*,A2,A3,A4,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1*,B2,B3  
A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2,B3  
*Unloaded compressor.  
Two unloaders, both unloaded.  
NOTE: These capacity control steps may vary due to lag compressor sequencing.  
25  
ADDING ADDITIONAL UNLOADERS See Table  
below for required hardware.  
6
there is a change in the direction of capacity (increase or de-  
crease) and each circuits capacity is equal.  
Follow accessory instructions for installation. Connect un-  
loader coil leads to PINK wires in compressor A1/B1 junction  
box. Configuration items CA.UN and CB.UN in the OPT1  
sub-mode of the configuration mode must be changed to match  
the new number of unloaders. Two unloaders cannot be used  
with hot gas bypass on a single circuit.  
MINUTES LEFT FOR START This value is displayed  
only in the network display tables (using Service Tool or  
ComfortWORKS® software) and represents the amount of  
time to elapse before the unit will start its initialization routine.  
This value can be zero without the machine running in many  
situations. This can include being unoccupied, ENABLE/OFF/  
REMOTE CONTACT switch in the OFF position, CCN not  
allowing unit to start, Demand Limit in effect, no call for cool-  
ing due to no load, and alarm or alert conditions present. If the  
machine should be running and none of the above are true, a  
minimum off time (DELY, see below) may be in effect. The  
machine should start normally once the time limit has expired.  
MINUTES OFF TIME (DELY, Configuration Mode under  
OPT2) This user configurable time period is used by the  
control to determine how long unit operation is delayed after  
power is applied/restored to the unit. Typically, this time period  
is configured when multiple machines are located on a single  
site. For example, this gives the user the ability to prevent all  
the units from restarting at once after a power failure. A value  
of zero for this variable does not mean that the unit should be  
running.  
LOADING SEQUENCE The 30GTN,R and 30GUN,R  
compressor efficiency is greatest at partial load. Therefore, the  
following sequence list applies to capacity control.  
The next compressor will be started with unloaders ener-  
gized on both lead compressors.  
All valid capacity combinations using unloaders will be  
used as long as the total capacity is increasing.  
LEAD/LAG DETERMINATION (LLCS, Configuration  
Mode under OPT2) This is a configurable choice and is  
factory set to be automatic (for sizes 080-420) or Circuit A  
leading (for 040-070 sizes). For 040-070 sizes, the value can be  
changed to Automatic or Circuit B only if an accessory unload-  
er is added to compressor B1. For 080-420 sizes, the value can  
be changed to Circuit A or Circuit B leading, as desired. Set at  
automatic, the control will sum the current number of logged  
circuit starts and one-quarter of the current operating hours for  
each circuit. The circuit with the lowest sum is started first.  
Changes to which circuit is the lead circuit and which is the lag  
are also made when total machine capacity is at 100% or when  
CAPACITY SEQUENCE DETERMINATION (LOAD,  
Configuration Mode under OPT2) This is configurable as  
equal circuit loading or staged circuit loading with the default  
set at equal. The control determines the order in which the steps  
of capacity for each circuit are changed. This control  
choice does NOT have any impact on machines with only  
2 compressors.  
CAPACITY CONTROL OVERRIDES The  
following  
overrides will modify the normal operation of the routine.  
Deadband Multiplier The user configurable Deadband  
Multiplier (Z.GN, Configuration Mode under SLCT) has a  
default value of 1.0. The range is from 1.0 to 4.0. When set to  
other than 1.0, this factor is applied to the capacity Load/Un-  
load Factor. The larger this value is set, the longer the control  
will delay between adding or removing stages of capacity.  
Figure 17 shows how compressor starts can be reduced over  
time if the leaving water temperature is allowed to drift a larger  
amount above and below the set point. This value should be set  
in the range of 3.0 to 4.0 for systems with small loop volumes.  
First Stage Override If the current capacity stage is zero,  
the control will modify the routine with a 1.2 factor on adding  
the first stage to reduce cycling. This factor is also applied  
when the control is attempting to remove the last stage of  
capacity.  
Slow Change Override The control prevents the capacity  
stages from being changed when the leaving fluid temperature  
is close to the set point (within an adjustable deadband) and  
moving towards the set point.  
Ramp Loading (CRMP, Configuration Mode under SLCT) —  
Limits the rate of change of leaving fluid temperature. If the  
unit is in a Cooling mode and configured for Ramp Loading,  
the control makes 2 comparisons before deciding to change  
stages of capacity. The control calculates a temperature differ-  
ence between the control point and leaving fluid temperature. If  
the difference is greater than 4° F (2.2° C) and the rate of  
change (°F or °C per minute) is more than the configured Cool-  
ing Ramp Loading value (CRMP), the control does not allow  
any changes to the current stage of capacity.  
Low Entering Fluid Temperature Unloading When the  
entering fluid temperature is below the control point, the con-  
trol will attempt to remove 25% of the current stages being  
used. If exactly 25% cannot be removed, the control removes  
an amount greater than 25% but no more than necessary. The  
lowest stage will not be removed.  
Table 6 Required Hardware for Additional Unloaders  
UNIT  
FACTORY  
STANDARD  
ADDITIONAL  
UNLOADERS  
UNLOADER  
PACKAGE*  
SOLENOID  
COIL  
COMP.  
CXB ACCESSORY†  
30GTN,GTR,GUN,GUR  
A1  
B1  
A1  
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
N/A  
06EA-660---138  
N/A  
N/A  
EF19ZE024  
N/A  
EF19ZE024  
Not Required  
040 (60 Hz)  
Not Required  
Not Required  
30GT-911---031  
Not Required  
040 (50 Hz)  
045 (60 Hz)  
B1  
A1  
B1  
0
1
0
06EA-660---138  
EF19ZE024  
Not Required  
Not Required  
045 (50 Hz)  
050-070  
06EA-660---138  
30GT-911---031  
30GT-911---031  
A1  
B1  
A1  
B1  
1
1
1
1
080-110**  
130 (60 Hz)  
06EA-660---138  
06EA-660---138  
130 (50 Hz)  
150-210**  
EF19ZE024  
Not Required  
LEGEND  
*Requires one per additional unloader.  
2 solenoid coils are included in the CXB Accessory.  
**And associated modular units.  
CBX Compressor Expansion Board  
26  
2 STARTS  
DEADBAND EXAMPLE  
47  
46  
45  
8
7
6
5
44  
43  
42  
41  
0
200  
400  
600  
800  
1000  
3 STARTS  
TIME (SECONDS)  
STANDARD  
DEADBAND  
LEGEND  
LWT Leaving Water Temperature  
MODIFIED  
DEADBAND  
Fig. 17 Deadband Multiplier  
Low Cooler Suction Temperature To avoid freezing the  
cooler, the control will compare the circuit Cooler Suction tem-  
perature (T5/T6) with a predetermined freeze point. If the cool-  
er fluid selected is Water, the freeze point is 34 F (1.1 C). If the  
cooler fluid selected is Brine, the freeze point is 8° F (4.4 ° C)  
below the cooling set point (or lower of two cooling set points  
in dual set point configurations). If the cooler suction tempera-  
ture is 24° to 29° F (13.3° to 16.1° C) below the cooler leaving  
water temperature and is also 2° F (1.1° C) less than the freeze  
point for 5 minutes, Mode 7 (Circuit A) or Mode 8 (Circuit B)  
is initiated and no additional capacity increase is allowed. The  
circuit will be allowed to run in this condition. If the cooler suc-  
tion temperature is more than 30° F (16.7° C) below the cooler  
leaving water temperature and is also 2° F (1.1° C) below the  
freeze point for 10 minutes, the circuit will be stopped without  
going through pumpdown.  
Cooler Freeze Protection The control will try to prevent  
shutting the chiller down on a Cooler Freeze Protection alarm  
by removing stages of capacity. The control uses the same  
freeze point logic as described in the Low Cooler Suction Tem-  
perature section above. If the cooler leaving fluid temperature  
is less than the freeze point plus 2.0° F (1.1° C), the control will  
immediately remove one stage of capacity. This can be repeat-  
ed once every 30 seconds.  
During the first 10 minutes after circuit start-up, MBB-  
controlled fans are not turned on until T3 and T4 are greater  
than the head pressure set point plus 10 F (5.6 C). If T3 and T4  
are greater than 95 F (35 C) just prior to circuit start-up, all  
MBB-controlled fan stages are turned on to prevent excessive  
discharge pressure during pull-down. Fan sequences are shown  
in Fig. 17.  
UNITS WITH TXV The logic to cycle MBB-controlled  
fans is based on saturated condensing temperature only, as  
sensed by thermistors T3 and T4 (see Fig. 8 and 10). When  
either T3 or T4 exceeds the head pressure set point, the MBB  
will turn on an additional stage of fans. For the first 10 minutes  
of each circuit operation, the head pressure set point is raised  
by 10° F (5.6° C). It will turn off a fan stage when T3 and T4  
are both below the head pressure set point by 35° F (19.4° C).  
At each change of a fan stage the control will wait for one  
minute for head pressure to stabilize unless T3 and T4 is great-  
er than 125 F (51.6 C), in which case all MBB-controlled fans  
start immediately. If T3 and T4 are greater than 95 F (35.0 C)  
just prior to circuit start-up, all MBB-controlled fan stages are  
turned on to prevent excessive discharge pressure during pull-  
down. Fan sequences are shown in Fig. 18.  
Motormaster® Option For low-ambient operation, the lead  
fan(s) in each circuit can be equipped with the Motormaster III  
head pressure controller option or accessory. Wind baffles and  
brackets must be field-fabricated for all units using accessory  
Motormaster III controls to ensure proper cooling cycle opera-  
tion at low-ambient temperatures. The fans controlled are those  
that are energized with the lead compressor in each circuit. All  
sizes use one controller per circuit. Refer to Fig. 18 for con-  
denser fan staging information.  
MOP (Maximum Operating Pressure) Override The con-  
trol monitors saturated condensing and suction temperature for  
each circuit. Based on a maximum operating set point (saturat-  
ed suction temperature), the control may lower the EXV posi-  
tion when system pressures approach the set parameters.  
Head Pressure Control  
COMFORTLINKUNITS (With EXV) The Main Base  
Board (MBB) controls the condenser fans to maintain the low-  
est condensing temperature possible, and thus the highest unit  
efficiency. The fans are controlled by the saturated condensing  
temperature set from the factory. The fans can also be con-  
trolled by a combination of the saturated condensing tempera-  
ture, EXV position and compressor superheat. Fan control is a  
configurable decision and is determined by the Head Pressure  
Control Method (HPCM) setting in the Configuration Mode  
under the OPT1 sub-mode. For EXV control (HPCM = 1),  
when the position of the EXV is fully open, T3 and T4 are less  
than 78 F (25.6 C), and superheat is greater than 40 F (22.2 C),  
fan stages will be removed. When the valve is less than 40%  
open, or T3 and T4 are greater than 113 F (45 C), fan stages  
will be added. At each change of the fan stage, the system will  
wait one minute to allow the head pressure to stabilize unless  
either T3 or T4 is greater than 125 F (51.6 C), in which case all  
MBB-controlled fans will start immediately. This method  
allows the unit to run at very low condensing temperatures at  
part load.  
Pumpout  
EXV UNITS When the lead compressor in each circuit is  
started or stopped, that circuit goes through a pumpout cycle to  
purge the cooler and refrigerant suction lines of refrigerant. If a  
circuit is starting within 15 minutes of the last shutdown, the  
pumpout cycle will be skipped.  
The pumpout cycle starts immediately upon starting the  
lead compressor and keeps the EXV at minimum position for  
10 seconds. The EXV is then opened an additional percentage  
and compressor superheat control begins. At this point, the  
EXV opens gradually to provide a controlled start-up to pre-  
vent liquid flood-back to the compressor.  
At shutdown, the pumpout cycle continuously closes the  
EXV until all lag compressors are off and the EXV is at 0%.  
The lead compressor continues to run for an additional 10 sec-  
onds and is then shut off.  
TXV UNITS Pumpout is based on timed pumpout. On a  
command for start-up, the lead compressor starts. After 15 sec-  
onds, the liquid line solenoid opens. At shutdown, the liquid  
line solenoid closes when the lead compressor has stopped.  
27  
FAN  
NO.  
FAN ARRANGEMENT  
FAN RELAY  
NORMAL CONTROL  
Compressor No. A1  
30GTN,R040-050  
30GUN,R040-050  
1
1
2
Compressor No. B1  
3
4
First Stage of Condenser Fans  
Second Stage of Condenser Fans  
Compressor No. A1  
2
30GTN,R060-090, 230B, 245B  
30GUN,R060-090, 230B, 245B  
1
1
2
Compressor No. B1  
3, 4  
5, 6  
1
First Stage of Condenser Fans  
Second Stage of Condenser Fans  
Compressor No. A1  
2
30GTN,R100,110, 255B-315B  
30GUN,R100,110, 255B-315B  
1
2
Compressor No. B1  
3, 4  
5, 6, 7, 8  
5, 7  
6, 8  
1, 2  
First Stage of Condenser Fans  
Second Stage of Condenser Fans  
Compressor No. A1  
2
30GTN,R130 (60 Hz),  
30GUN,R130 (60 Hz)  
POWER  
1
Compressor No. B1  
First Stage of Condenser Fans  
3, 4, 9, 10  
2
Second Stage of Condenser Fans  
30GTN,R130 (50 Hz), 150-210,  
230A-315A, 330A/B-420A/B†  
30GUN,R130 (50 Hz), 150-210,  
230A-315A, 330A/B-420A/B†  
POWER  
5, 7  
6, 8  
1
Compressor No. A1  
Compressor No. B1  
1, 11  
3, 9  
First Stage of Condenser Fans, Circuit A  
Second Stage of Condenser Fans, Circuit A  
First Stage of Condenser Fans, Circuit B  
Second Stage of Condenser Fans, Circuit B  
2
2, 12  
4, 10  
3
4
*Control box.  
Fan numbers 11 and 12 do not apply to 30GTN,R and 30GUN,R 130-170 and associated modular units (see Table 1).  
Fig. 18 Condenser Fan Sequence  
28  
The Service Test function should be used to verify proper  
operation of compressors, unloaders, hot gas bypass (if in-  
stalled), cooler pump and remote alarm relays, EXVs and con-  
denser fans. To use the Service Test mode, the Enable/Off/  
Remote Contact switch must be in the OFF position. Use the  
display keys and Table 9 to enter the mode and display TEST.  
Marquee Display Usage (See Fig. 19 and  
Tables 7-25) The Marquee display module provides the  
user interface to the ComfortLinkcontrol system. The dis-  
play has up and down arrow keys, an  
ENTER  
key, and an  
ESCAPE  
key. These keys are used to navigate through the dif-  
ferent levels of the display structure. See Table 7. Press the  
key until the display is blank to move through the  
ESCAPE  
top 11 mode levels indicated by LEDs on the left side of the  
display.  
Press  
twice so that OFF flashes. Enter the password if  
ENTER  
required. Use either arrow key to change the TEST value to the  
On position and press . Switch the Enable/Off/Re-  
ENTER  
mote Contact switch to the Enable position (Version 2.3 and  
later). Press and the button to enter the OUTS  
Pressing the  
and  
keys simultaneously  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
ESCAPE  
or COMP sub-mode.  
will scroll a clear language text description across the display  
indicating the full meaning of each display acronym. Pressing  
the  
and  
keys when the display is blank  
ENTER  
Test the condenser fan, cooler pump, and alarm relays by  
changing the item values from OFF to ON. These discrete out-  
puts are turned off if there is no keypad activity for 10 minutes.  
Use arrow keys to select desired percentage when testing ex-  
pansion valves. When testing compressors, the lead compres-  
sor must be started first. All compressor outputs can be turned  
on, but the control will limit the rate by staging one compressor  
per minute. Compressor unloaders and hot gas bypass relays/  
solenoids (if installed) can be tested with compressors on or  
off. The relays under the COMP sub-mode will stay on for  
10 minutes if there is no keypad activity. Compressors will stay  
on until they are turned off by the operator. The Service Test  
mode will remain enabled for as long as there is one or more  
compressors running. All safeties are monitored during this test  
and will turn a compressor, circuit or the machine off if re-  
quired. Any other mode or sub-mode can be accessed, viewed,  
or changed during the TEST mode. The MODE item (Run Sta-  
tus mode under sub-mode VIEW) will display 0as long as  
the Service mode is enabled. The TEST sub-mode value must  
be changed back to OFF before the chiller can be switched to  
Enable or Remote contact for normal operation.  
ESCAPE  
(Mode LED level) will return the Marquee display to its default  
menu of rotating display items. In addition, the password will  
be disabled requiring that it be entered again before changes  
can be made to password protected items.  
Clear language descriptions in English, Spanish, French, or  
Portuguese can be displayed when properly configuring the  
LANG variable in the Configuration mode, under DISP sub-  
mode. See Table 16.  
NOTE: When the LANG variable is changed to 1, 2, or 3, all  
appropriate display expansions will immediately change to the  
new language. No power-off or control reset is required when  
reconfiguring languages.  
When a specific item is located, the display will flash show-  
ing the operator, the item, followed by the item value and then  
followed by the item units (if any). Press the  
key to  
ENTER  
stop the display at the item value. Items in the Configuration  
and Service Test modes are password protected. The display  
will flash PASS and WORD when required. Use the  
ENTER  
Configuring and Operating Dual Chiller Con-  
trol (See Table 18) The dual chiller routine is avail-  
able for the control of two units supplying chilled fluid on a  
common loop. This control is designed for a parallel fluid flow  
arrangement only. One chiller must be configured as the master  
chiller, the other as the slave chiller. An additional leaving fluid  
temperature thermistor (Dual Chiller LWT) must be installed  
as shown in Fig. 20 and connected to the master chiller. See  
Field Wiring section for Dual Chiller LWT sensor wiring.  
To configure the two chillers for operation, follow the ex-  
ample shown in Table 18. The master chiller will be configured  
with a slave chiller at address 6. Also in this example, the mas-  
ter chiller will be configured to use Lead/Lag Balance to even  
out the chiller runtimes weekly. The Lag Start Delay feature  
will be set to 10 minutes. The master and slave chillers cannot  
have the same CCN address (CCNA, Configuration mode un-  
der OPT2). Both chillers must have the control method variable  
(CTRL, Configuration mode under OPT2) set to 3.In addi-  
tion, the chillers must both be connected together on the same  
CCN bus. Connections can be made to the CCN screw termi-  
nals on TB3 in both chillers. The master chiller will determine  
which chiller will be Lead and which will be Lag. The master  
chiller controls the slave chiller by forcing the slave chillers  
CCN START/STOP variable (CHIL_S_S), control point  
(CTPT) and demand limit (DEM_LIM).  
and arrow keys to enter the 4 digits of the password. The de-  
fault password is 1111. The password can only be changed  
through CCN devices such as ComfortWORKS® and Service  
Tool.  
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in  
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. Press  
to stop the display at the item value. Press the  
key again so that the item value flashes. Use the ar-  
ENTER  
ENTER  
row keys to change the value or state of an item and press the  
key to accept it. Press the key and the  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
item, value, or units display will resume. Repeat the process as  
required for other items.  
See Tables 7-25 for further details.  
Service Test (See Table 9) Both main power and  
control circuit power must be on.  
MODE  
Run Status  
Service Test  
Temperature  
Pressures  
Setpoints  
The master chiller is now configured for dual chiller opera-  
tion. To configure the slave chiller, only the LLEN and MSSL  
variables need to be set. Enable the Lead/Lag chiller enable  
variable (LLEN) as shown Table 18. Similarly, set the Master/  
Slave Select variable (MSSL) to SLVE. The variables LLBL,  
LLBD, an LLDY are not used by the slave chiller.  
Alarm Status  
Inputs  
Outputs  
Configuration  
ESCAPE ENTER  
Time Clock  
Operating Modes  
Alarms  
Refer to Field Wiring section on page 67 for wiring  
information.  
Fig. 19 Scrolling Marquee Display  
29  
THERMISTOR  
WIRING*  
LEAVING  
FLUID  
MASTER  
CHILLER  
RETURN  
FLUID  
SLAVE  
CHILLER  
INSTALL DUAL CHILLER  
LEAVING FLUID  
THERMISTOR (T9) HERE  
*Depending on piping sizes, use either:  
HH79NZ014 sensor and 10HB50106801 well (3-in. sensor/well)  
HH79NZ029 sensor and 10HB50106802 well (4-in. sensor/well)  
Fig. 20 Dual Chiller Thermistor Location  
Table 7 Marquee Display Menu Structure  
RUN  
STATUS  
SERVICE  
TEST  
SET  
POINTS  
TIME  
CLOCK  
OPERATING  
MODES  
TEMPERATURES PRESSURES  
INPUTS  
OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION  
ALARMS  
Auto  
Display  
(VIEW)  
Manual  
Mode  
On/Off  
(TEST)  
Unit  
Temperatures  
(UNIT)  
Ckt A  
Pressures  
(PRC.A)  
Cooling  
(COOL)  
Unit  
Discrete  
(GEN.I)  
Unit  
Discrete  
(GEN.O)  
Display  
(DISP)  
Unit Time  
(TIME)  
Modes  
(MODE)  
Current  
(CRNT)  
Machine  
Hours/Starts  
(RUN)  
Ckt A/B  
Outputs  
(OUTS)  
Ckt A  
Temperatures  
(CIR.A)  
Ckt B  
Pressures  
(PRC.B)  
Heating  
(HEAT)  
Ckt A/B  
(CRCT)  
Ckt A  
(CIR.A)  
Machine  
(UNIT)  
Unit Date  
(DATE)  
Reset  
Alarms  
(RCRN)  
Compressor Compressor  
Ckt B  
Temperatures  
(CIR.B)  
Head  
Pressure  
(HEAD)  
Unit  
Analog  
(4-20)  
Ckt B  
(CIR.B)  
Options 1  
(OPT1)  
Schedule  
(SCHD)  
Alarm  
History  
(HIST)  
Run Hours  
(HOUR)  
Tests  
(COMP)  
Compressor  
Starts  
(STRT)  
Options 2  
(OPT2)  
Reset  
History  
(RHIS)  
Software  
Version  
(VERS)  
Temperature  
Reset  
(RSET)  
Set Point  
Select  
(SLCT)  
LEGEND  
Ckt Circuit  
30  
Table 8 Run Status Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
SUB-MODE  
VIEW  
ITEM  
EWT  
LWT  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
ENTERING FLUID TEMP  
LEAVING FLUID TEMP  
ACTIVE SETPOINT  
COMMENT  
0 - 100 F  
(18 - 38 C)  
ENTER  
0 - 100 F  
(18 - 38 C)  
0 - 100 F  
(18 - 38 C)  
SETP  
0 - 100 F  
CTPT  
STAT  
CONTROL POINT  
CONTROL MODE  
(18 - 38 C)  
0 - 7  
0 = Service Test  
1 = Off Local  
2 = Off CCN  
3 = Off Time Clock  
4 = Off Emergency  
5 = On Local  
6 = On CCN  
7 = On Time Clock  
OCC  
MODE  
CAP  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
OCCUPIED  
OVERRIDE MODE IN EFFECT  
PERCENT TOTAL CAPACITY  
REQUESTED STAGE  
0 - 100%  
STGE  
ALRM  
TIME  
0 - 30  
0 - 25  
CURRENT ALARMS & ALERTS  
TIME OF DAY  
00.00 - 23.59  
1 - 12  
MNTH  
DATE  
YEAR  
HRS.U  
STR.U  
HRS.A  
HRS.B  
HR.A1  
HR.A2  
HR.A3  
HR.A4  
HR.B1  
HR.B2  
HR.B3  
HR.B4  
ST.A1  
ST.A2  
ST.A3  
ST.A4  
ST.B1  
ST.B2  
ST.B3  
ST.B4  
MBB  
MONTH OF YEAR  
1 = Jan., 2 = Feb  
1 - 31  
DAY OF MONTH  
0 - 9999  
YEAR OF CENTURY  
ENTER  
ENTER  
RUN  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
0 - 999999  
MACHINE OPERATING HOURS  
MACHINE STARTS  
HOUR  
CIRCUIT A RUN HOURS  
CIRCUIT B RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR A1 RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR A2 RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR A3 RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR A4 RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR B1 RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR B2 RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR B3 RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR B4 RUN HOURS  
COMPRESSOR A1 STARTS  
COMPRESSOR A2 STARTS  
COMPRESSOR A3 STARTS  
COMPRESSOR A4 STARTS  
COMPRESSOR B1 STARTS  
COMPRESSOR B2 STARTS  
COMPRESSOR B3 STARTS  
COMPRESSOR B4 STARTS  
CESR-131170-XX-XX  
ENTER  
STRT  
ENTER  
VERS  
EXV  
CESR-131172-XX-XX  
CXB  
CESR-131173-XX-XX  
EMM  
CESR-131174-XX-XX  
MARQ  
NAV  
CESR-131171-XX-XX  
CESR-131227-XX-XX  
31  
Table 9 Service Test Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
SUB-MODE  
ITEM  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
TEST  
OUTS  
TEST  
LLS.A  
EXV.A  
LLS.B  
EXV.B  
FAN1  
OFF-ON  
OPEN-CLSE  
0 - 100%  
SERVICE TEST MODE  
LIQ. LINE SOLENOID VALVE  
EXV % OPEN  
Use to Enable/Disable Manual Mode  
TXV units only  
ENTER  
OPEN-CLSE  
0 - 100%  
LIQ. LINE SOLENOID VALVE  
EXV % OPEN  
TXV units only  
OFF-ON  
FAN 1 RELAY  
Fan 3: (040-050)  
Fans 3, 4: (060-110, 230B-315B)  
Fans 1, 2: (130 [60 Hz])  
Fans 1: (130 [50 Hz], 150, 170,  
230A-270A, 330A/B, 360B [50 Hz])  
Fans 1, 11: (190-210, 290A, 315A,  
360A, 360B [60 Hz], 390A/B-420A/B)  
FAN2  
OFF-ON  
FAN 2 RELAY  
Fan 4: (040-050)  
Fans 5, 6: (060-090, 230B-245B)  
Fans 5, 6, 7, 8: (100, 110, 255B-315B)  
Fans 3, 4, 9, 10: (130 [60 Hz])  
Fan 2: (130 [50 Hz], 150, 170,  
230A-270A, 330A/B, 360B [50 Hz])  
Fans 2, 12: (190-210, 290A, 315A,  
360A, 360B [60 Hz], 390A/B-420A/B)  
Fans 3, 9: (130 [50 Hz], 150-210,  
230A-315A, 330A/B-420A/B)  
FAN3  
FAN4  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
FAN 3 RELAY  
FAN 4 RELAY  
Fans 4, 10: (130 [50 Hz], 150-210,  
230A-315A, 330A/B-420A/B)  
CLR.P  
CND.P  
RMT.A  
CC.A1  
CC.A2  
CC.A3  
CC.A4  
UL.A1  
UL.A2  
HGBP  
CC.B1  
CC.B2  
CC.B3  
CC.B4  
UL.B1  
UL.B2  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
COOLER PUMP RELAY  
CONDENSER PUMP RELAY  
REMOTE ALARM RELAY  
COMPRESSOR A1 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR A2 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR A3 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR A4 RELAY  
UNLOADER A1 RELAY  
COMP  
ENTER  
UNLOADER A2 RELAY  
HOT GAS BYPASS RELAY  
COMPRESSOR B1 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR B2 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR B3 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR B4 RELAY  
UNLOADER B1 RELAY  
UNLOADER B2 RELAY  
LEGEND  
EXV Electronic Expansion Valve  
32  
Table 10 Temperature Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
SUB-MODE  
UNIT  
ITEM  
CEWT  
CLWT  
OAT  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
ENTER  
COOLER ENTERING FLUID  
COOLER LEAVING FLUID  
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
SPT  
SPACE TEMPERATURE  
CNDE  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
CONDENSER ENTERING FLUID  
CNDL  
DLWT  
40 - 245 F  
CONDENSER LEAVING FLUID  
LEAD/LAG LEAVING FLUID  
(40 - 118 C)  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
CIR.A  
40 - 245 F  
ENTER  
SCT.A  
SST.A  
SGT.A  
SUP.A  
SCT.B  
SST.B  
SGT.B  
SUP.B  
SATURATED CONDENSING TMP  
SATURATED SUCTION TEMP  
(40 - 118 C)  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
COMPRESSOR SUCTION GAS TEMP  
SUCTION SUPERHEAT TEMP  
SATURATED CONDENSING TMP  
SATURATED SUCTION TEMP  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
CIR.B  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
ENTER  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
COMPRESSOR SUCTION GAS TEMP  
SUCTION SUPERHEAT TEMP  
40 - 245 F  
(40 - 118 C)  
Table 11 Pressure Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
SUB-MODE  
PRC.A  
KEYPAD ENTRY  
ITEM  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
0-900  
Psig  
ENTER  
DP.A  
DISCHARGE PRESSURE  
Pressure is converted from SCT.A.  
Pressure is converted from SST.A.  
Pressure is converted from SCT.B.  
Pressure is converted from SST.B.  
0-900  
Psig  
SP.A  
DP.B  
SP.B  
SUCTION PRESSURE  
DISCHARGE PRESSURE  
SUCTION PRESSURE  
PRC.B  
0-900  
Psig  
ENTER  
0-900  
Psig  
Table 12 Set Point Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
SUB-MODE  
COOL  
ITEM  
CSP.1  
CSP.2  
CSP.3  
HSP.1  
HSP.2  
HD.P.A  
HD.P.B  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COOLING SETPOINT 1  
COOLING SETPOINT 2  
ICE SETPOINT  
COMMENT  
Default 44 F  
20 - 70 F  
(29 - 21 C)  
ENTER  
20 - 70 F  
(29 - 21 C)  
Default 44 F  
20 - 32 F  
(29 - 0° C)  
Default 32 F  
HEAT  
HEAD  
80 - 140 F  
(27 - 60 C)  
HEATING SETPOINT 1  
HEATING SETPOINT 2  
HEAD PRESSURE SETPOINT A  
HEAD PRESSURE SETPOINT B  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
Default 113 F  
Default 113 F  
80 - 140 F  
(27 - 60 C)  
80 - 140 F  
(27 - 60 C)  
ENTER  
80 - 140 F  
(27 - 60 C)  
33  
Table 13 Reading and Changing Chilled Fluid Set Point  
SUB-MODE  
COOL  
KEYPAD ENTRY  
ITEM  
DISPLAY  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
Default: 44 F  
38-70 F Flud = 1  
14-70 F Flud = 2  
20-70 F Flud = 3  
ENTER  
CSP.1  
44.0 °F  
20-70 F  
COOLING SETPOINT 1  
ENTER  
ENTER  
44.0 °F  
44.0 °F  
20-70 F  
20-70 F  
20-70 F  
20-70 F  
20-70 F  
Scrolling stops  
Value flashes  
Select 46.0  
ENTER  
ENTER  
46.0 °F  
46.0 °F  
Change accepted  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
CSP.1  
COOLING SETPOINT 1  
Table 14 Inputs Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
SUB-MODE  
GEN.I  
ITEM  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
Enable/Off/Remote  
Contact Switch Input  
ENTER  
STST  
STRT-STOP  
START/STOP SWITCH  
FLOW  
CND.F  
DLS1  
DLS2  
ICED  
DUAL  
FKA1  
FKA2  
FKA3  
FKA4  
OIL.A  
LPS.A  
FKB1  
FKB2  
FKB3  
FKB4  
OIL.B  
LPS.B  
DMND  
RSET  
CSP  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
COOLER FLOW SWITCH  
CONDENSER FLOW SWITCH  
DEMAND LIMIT SWITCH 1  
DEMAND LIMIT SWITCH 2  
ICE DONE  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
DUAL SETPOINT SWITCH  
COMPRESSOR A1 FEEDBACK  
COMPRESSOR A2 FEEDBACK  
COMPRESSOR A3 FEEDBACK  
COMPRESSOR A4 FEEDBACK  
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH A  
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH  
COMPRESSOR B1 FEEDBACK  
COMPRESSOR B2 FEEDBACK  
COMPRESSOR B3 FEEDBACK  
COMPRESSOR B4 FEEDBACK  
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH B  
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH  
4-20 mA DEMAND SIGNAL  
4-20 mA RESET SIGNAL  
CRCT  
ENTER  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OPEN-CLSE  
OPEN-CLSE  
OFF-ON  
Not applicable (040-420)  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OPEN-CLSE  
OPEN-CLSE  
0 - 24 mA  
0 - 24 mA  
0 - 24 mA  
0 - 24 mA  
Not applicable (040-420)  
4-20  
ENTER  
4-20 mA COOLING SETPOINT  
4-20 mA HEATING SETPOINT  
HSP  
34  
Table 15 Outputs Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
SUB-MODE  
GEN.O  
ITEM  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
FAN1  
FAN2  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OPEN-CLSE  
0 - 100%  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OPEN-CLSE  
0 - 100%  
FAN 1 RELAY  
FAN 2 RELAY  
FAN3  
FAN 3 RELAY  
FAN4  
FAN 4 RELAY  
C.PMP  
H.GAS  
CNDP  
CC.A1  
CC.A2  
CC.A3  
CC.A4  
ULA1  
COOLER PUMP RELAY  
HOT GAS BYPASS RELAY  
CONDENSER PUMP RELAY  
COMPRESSOR A1 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR A2 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR A3 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR A4 RELAY  
UNLOADER A1 RELAY  
UNLOADER A2 RELAY  
LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VLV  
EXV % OPEN  
CIR.A  
ENTER  
ULA2  
TXV units only  
EXV units only  
LLS.A  
EXV.A  
CC.B1  
CC.B2  
CC.B3  
CC.B4  
ULB1  
CIR.B  
ENTER  
COMPRESSOR B1 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR B2 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR B3 RELAY  
COMPRESSOR B4 RELAY  
UNLOADER B1 RELAY  
UNLOADER B2 RELAY  
LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VLV  
EXV % OPEN  
ULB2  
LLS.B  
EXV.B  
TXV units only  
EXV units only  
LEGEND  
EXV  
TXV  
Electronic Expansion Valve  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve  
Table 16 Configuration Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
MARQUEE  
NAVIGATOR  
SUB-MODE  
DISP  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
DISPLAY RANGE  
DISPLAY RANGE  
TEST DISPLAY  
LEDS  
ENTER  
TEST  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
Off = English  
On = Metric  
METR  
LANG  
OFF-ON  
0 - 3  
METRIC DISPLAY  
ENGLISH  
ESPANOL  
FRANCAIS  
PORTUGUES  
LANGUAGE  
SELECTION  
Default: 0  
0 = English  
1 = Espanol  
2 = Francais  
3 = Portugues  
LEGEND  
CCN  
EMM  
EXV  
LCW  
Carrier Comfort Network  
Energy Management Module  
Electronic Expansion Valve  
Leaving Chilled Water  
35  
Table 16 Configuration Mode and Sub-Mode Directory (cont)  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
MARQUEE  
NAVIGATOR  
SUB-MODE  
UNIT  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
DISPLAY RANGE  
DISPLAY RANGE  
AIR COOLED  
WATER COOLED  
SPLIT  
HEAT MACHINE  
HEAT RECLAIM  
ENTER  
TYPE  
1 - 5  
UNIT TYPE  
Default: 1  
1 = Air Cooled  
2 = Water Cooled  
3 = Split System  
4 = Heat Machine  
5 = Heat Reclaim  
TONS  
CAP.A  
CMP.A  
CYL.A  
CMP.B  
CYL.B  
EXV  
15 - 300  
0 - 100%  
1 - 4  
15 - 300  
0 - 100%  
1 - 4  
UNIT SIZE  
CIRCUIT A % CAPACITY  
NUMBER CIRC A COMPRESSOR  
COMPRESSOR A1 CYLINDERS  
NUMBER CIRC B COMPRESSOR  
COMPRESSOR B1 CYLINDERS  
EXV MODULE INSTALLED  
4, 6  
4, 6  
1 - 4  
1 - 4  
4, 6  
4, 6  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
Default  
10 - 40 F  
(6 - 22 C)  
10 - 40 F  
(6 - 22 C)  
SH.SP  
SH.OF  
EXV SUPERHEAT SETPOINT  
EXV SUPERHEAT OFFSET  
29 = 30GTN,R  
23 = 30GUN,R  
20 - 20 F  
20 - 20 F  
Default: 0  
(11 - 11 C)  
(11 - 11 C)  
1 = R-22 (30GTN,R)  
REFG  
FAN.S  
1, 2  
1, 2  
REFRIGERANT  
2 = R-134a (30GUN,R)  
1 - 4  
FAN STAGING SELECT  
1 = 2 Stage Independent  
2 = 3 Stage Independent  
3 = 2 Stage Common  
4 = 3 Stage Common (Not supported  
for air cooled)  
2 STAGE IND  
3 STAGE IND  
2 STAGE COM  
3 STAGE COM  
OPT1  
ENTER  
FLUD  
1 - 3  
1 - 3  
COOLER FLUID  
1 = Water  
2 = Med. Brine  
3 = Low Brine  
HGB.S  
HPCM  
NO-YES  
1 - 4  
NO-YES  
HOT GAS BYPASS SELECT  
HEAD PRESS. CONT. METHOD  
Default:2  
EXV CONTROL  
SETPOINT CONTROL  
SET A EXV B  
1 = EXV Control  
2 = Set Point Control  
3 = Set Point Circuit A, EXV Circuit B  
4 = Set Point Circuit B, EXV Circuit A  
EXV A SET B  
HPCT  
0 - 2  
HEAD PRESS. CONTROL TYPE  
MOTORMASTER SELECT  
Default: 1  
NO CONTROL  
AIR COOLED  
0 = No Control  
1 = Air Cooled  
2 = Water Cooled  
WATER COOLED  
MMR.S  
PRTS  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
PRESSURE  
TRANSDUCERS  
Default: NO  
Not Supported  
PMP.I  
CPC  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
COOLER PUMP INTERLOCK  
COOLER PUMP CONTROL  
Default: ON  
Default: OFF  
Default: OFF  
CNP.I  
OFF-ON  
0 - 2  
OFF-ON  
CONDENSER PUMP INTERLOCK  
CONDENSER PUMP CONTROL  
Not Applicable  
CNPC  
NO CONTROL  
ON WITH MODE  
ON WITH COMP  
Default: 0  
0 = Not Controlled  
1 = On with Occupied Mode  
2 = On with Compressors  
Default: NO  
Not Applicable  
CWT.S  
NO-YES  
NO-YES  
CONDENSER FLUID SENSORS  
CA.UN  
CB.UN  
EMM  
0 - 2  
0 - 2  
0 - 2  
0 - 2  
NO. CIRCUIT A UNLOADERS  
NO. CIRCUIT B UNLOADERS  
EMM MODULE INSTALLED  
CONTROL METHOD  
NO-YES  
0 - 3  
NO-YES  
OPT2  
ENTER  
CTRL  
SWITCH  
7 DAY OCC  
OCCUPANCY  
CCN  
0 = Switch  
1 = 7-Day Schedule  
2 = Occupancy Schedule  
3 = CCN  
CCNA  
CCNB  
1 - 239  
0 - 239  
1 - 239  
0 - 239  
CCN ADDRESS  
Default: 1  
Default: 0  
CCN BUS NUMBER  
LEGEND  
Carrier Comfort Network  
Energy Management Module  
Electronic Expansion Valve  
Leaving Chilled Water  
CCN  
EMM  
EXV  
LCW  
36  
Table 16 Configuration Mode and Sub-Mode Directory (cont)  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
MARQUEE  
DISPLAY RANGE  
NAVIGATOR  
DISPLAY RANGE  
SUB-MODE  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
2400  
4800  
9600  
19,200  
38,400  
OPT2  
(cont)  
BAUD  
1 - 5  
CCN BAUD RATE  
Default: 3  
1 = 2400  
2 = 4800  
3 = 9600  
4 = 19,200  
5 = 38,400  
Default: 1  
1 = Equal  
2 = Staged  
EQUAL  
LOADING SEQUENCE  
SELECT  
LOAD  
LLCS  
1 - 2  
1 - 3  
STAGED  
AUTOMATIC  
CIR A LEADS  
CIR B LEADS  
LEAD/LAG CIRCUIT  
SELECT  
Default: 1 (Size 080-420);  
2 (Size 040-070)  
1 = Automatic  
2 = Circuit A Leads  
3 = Circuit B Leads  
2 - 60 F  
2 - 60 F  
HIGH LCW ALERT  
LIMIT  
LCWT  
Default: 60  
(16 - 16 C)  
(16 - 16 C)  
DELY  
0 - 15  
0 - 15  
MINUTES OFF TIME  
ICE MODE ENABLE  
Default: 0  
ICE.M  
ENBL-DSBL  
ENBL-DSBL  
Default: DSBL  
RSET  
NO RESET  
4-20 INPUT  
OUT AIR TEMP  
RETURN FLUID  
SPACE TEMP  
0 = No report  
COOLING RESET  
TYPE  
2 = 4 to 20 mA input  
3 = Return fluid  
ENTER  
CRST  
0 - 4  
4 = Space temperature  
0° - 125 F  
0° - 125 F  
NO COOL RESET  
TEMP  
CRT1  
CRT2  
DGRC  
HRST  
HRT1  
HRT2  
DGRH  
DMDC  
DM20  
SHNM  
SHDL  
SHTM  
DLS1  
DLS2  
LLEN  
Default: 125 F  
Default: 0° F  
Default: 0° F  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
Default: 0  
(18 - 52 C)  
(18 - 52 C)  
0° - 125 F  
(18 - 52 C)  
0° - 125 F  
(18 - 52 C)  
FULL COOL RESET  
TEMP  
30 - 30 F  
30 - 30 F  
DEGREES COOL  
RESET  
(17 - 17 C)  
(17 - 17 C)  
HEATING RESET  
TYPE  
0 - 4  
0 - 4  
0° - 125 F  
(18 - 52 C)  
0° - 125 F  
(18 - 52 C)  
NO HEAT RESET  
TEMP  
0° - 125 F  
(18 - 52 C)  
0° - 125 F  
(18 - 52 C)  
FULL HEAT RESET  
TEMP  
30 - 30 F  
30 - 30 F  
DEGREES HEAT  
RESET  
(17 - 17 C)  
(17 - 17 C)  
DEMAND LIMIT  
SELECT  
0 - 3  
0 - 100%  
0 - 99  
0 - 3  
0 - 100%  
0 - 99  
DEMAND LIMIT  
AT 20 mA  
Default: 100%  
Default: 0  
LOADSHED GROUP  
NUMBER  
LOADSHED DEMAND  
DELTA  
0 - 60%  
0 - 60%  
Default: 0  
MAXIMUM LOADSHED  
TIME  
0 - 120  
0 - 120  
Default: 60 minutes  
Default: 80%  
Default: 50%  
Default: DSBL  
DEMAND LIMIT  
SWITCH 1  
0 - 100%  
0 - 100%  
ENBL-DSBL  
0 - 100%  
0 - 100%  
ENBL-DSBL  
DEMAND LIMIT  
SWITCH 2  
LEAD/LAG CHILLER  
ENABLE  
MASTER/SLAVE  
SELECT  
MSSL  
SLVA  
LLBL  
SLVE-MAST  
0 - 239  
SLVE-MAST  
0 - 239  
Default: Master  
Default: 0  
SLAVE ADDRESS  
LEAD/LAG BALANCE  
SELECT  
ENBL-DSBL  
ENBL-DSBL  
Default: DSBL  
LEAD/LAG BALANCE  
DELTA  
LLBD  
LLDY  
40 - 400HRS  
0 - 30 MIN  
40 - 400HRS  
0 - 30 MIN  
Default: 168 hours  
Default: 5 minutes  
LAG START DELAY  
37  
Table 16 Configuration Mode and Sub-Mode Directory (cont)  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
MARQUEE  
NAVIGATOR  
SUB-MODE  
SLCT  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
DISPLAY RANGE  
DISPLAY RANGE  
ENTER  
CLSP  
0 - 5  
DUAL SWITCH  
DUAL 7 DAY  
COOLING SETPOINT  
SELECT  
Default: 0  
0 = Single  
DUAL CCN OCC  
4-20 INPUT  
1 = Dual Switch  
2 = Dual 7 Day  
EXTERNAL POT  
3 = Dual CCN Occupancy  
4 = 4-20 Input  
5 = Set Point Potentiometer  
HTSP  
RL.S  
0 - 4  
0 - 4  
HEATING SETPOINT SELECT  
RAMP LOAD SELECT  
Not Supported  
Default: DSBL  
ENBL-DSBL  
ENBL-DSBL  
0.2 - 2.0° F  
0.2 - 2.0° F  
CRMP  
HRMP  
COOLING RAMP LOADING  
HEATING RAMP LOADING  
Default: 1.0  
(0.1 - 1.1° C)  
(0.1 - 1.1° C)  
0.2 - 2.0° F  
(0.1 - 1.1° C)  
0.2 - 2.0° F  
(0.1 - 1.1° C)  
Not Supported  
HCSW  
Z.GN  
COOL-HEAT  
1.0 - 4.0  
COOL-HEAT  
1.0 - 4.0  
HEAT COOL SELECT  
Not Supported  
Default: 1.0  
DEADBAND MULTIPLIER  
Table 17 Example of Temperature Reset (Return Fluid) Configuration  
KEYPAD  
SUB-MODE  
RSET  
ITEM  
DISPLAY  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
ENTRY  
CRST  
0
COOLING RESET TYPE  
0 = No reset  
ENTER  
1 = 4 to 20 mA input  
2 = Outdoor Air Temp  
3 = Return Fluid  
4 = Space Temperature  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Scrolling stops  
0
0
Value flashes  
Select 3  
3
ENTER  
ENTER  
Change accepted  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
Range: 0° to 125 F  
Scrolling stops  
3
CRST  
CRT1  
3
125  
125  
125  
10  
10  
10  
0
NO COOL RESET TEMP  
FULL COOL RESET TEMP  
DEGREES COOL RESET  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Value flashes  
Select 10  
ENTER  
Change accepted  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
Range: 0° to 125 F  
Scrolling stops  
ESCAPE  
CRT1  
CRT2  
ENTER  
ENTER  
0
Value flashes  
0
Select 2  
2
ENTER  
Change accepted  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
Range: 30 to 30 F  
Scrolling stops  
2
ESCAPE  
CRT2  
2
DGRC  
0
ENTER  
ENTER  
0
Value flashes  
0
Select 8  
8
ENTER  
Change accepted  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
8
ESCAPE  
DGRC  
8
NOTE: The example above shows how to configure the chiller for temperature reset based on chiller return fluid. The  
chiller will be configured for no reset at a cooler T (EWT-LWT) of 10 F (5.6 C) and a full reset of 8 F (4.4 C) at a cooler T  
of 2 F (1.1 C).  
38  
Table 18A Example of Configuring Dual Chiller Control  
(Master Chiller)  
SUB-MODE  
RSET  
KEYPAD ENTRY  
ITEM  
DISPLAY  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
CRST  
0
COOLING RESET TYPE  
LLDY  
5
5
LAG START DELAY  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Scrolling stops  
Value flashes  
Select 10  
5
10  
ENTER  
Change accepted  
10  
ESCAPE  
LLDY  
LLBD  
LLBL  
10  
No change needed. Default set for weekly changeover  
168  
DSBL  
DSBL  
DSBL  
ENBL  
ENBL  
ENBL  
0
LEAD/LAG BALANCE DELTA  
LEAD/LAG BALANCE SELECT  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Scrolling stops  
Value flashes  
Select Enable  
Change accepted  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
LLBL  
SLVA  
SLAVE ADDRESS  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Scrolling stops  
Value flashes  
Select 6  
0
0
6
ENTER  
Change accepted  
6
ESCAPE  
SLVA  
6
No change needed. Default set for Master  
MSSL  
MAST  
MASTER/SLAVE SELECT  
Table 18B Example of Configuring Dual Chiller Control  
(Slave Chiller)  
SUB-MODE  
RSET  
KEYPAD ENTRY  
ITEM  
DISPLAY  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
CRST  
0
COOLING RESET TYPE  
LLDY  
LLBD  
LLBL  
SLVA  
MSSL  
MAST  
MAST  
SLVE  
SLVE  
MSSL  
LLEN  
5
LAG START DELAY  
LEAD/LAG BALANCE DELTA  
LEAD/LAG BALANCE SELECT  
SLAVE ADDRESS  
No change needed. Default set for weekly changeover  
168  
DSBL  
0
Default set for Master  
Scrolling stops  
MAST  
MASTER/SLAVE SELECT  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Value flashes  
Select SLVE  
ENTER  
Change accepted  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
DSBL  
DSBL  
DSBL  
ENBL  
ENBL  
ENBL  
LEAD/LAG CHILLER ENABLE  
ENTER  
ENTER  
Scrolling stops  
Value flashes  
Select enable  
ENTER  
Change accepted  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
LLEN  
LLEN  
ESCAPE  
LEAD/LAG CHILLER ENABLE  
39  
Table 19 Example of Compressor Lead/Lag Configuration  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
SUB-MODE  
OPT2  
ITEM  
DISPLAY  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
CTRL  
CCNA  
CCNB  
BAUD  
LOAD  
0
1
0
3
1
CONTROL METHOD  
DEFAULT: 1 (Size 080-420)  
2 (Size 040-070)  
1 = Automatic  
2 = Circuit A Leads  
3 = Circuit B Leads  
LLCS  
1
LEAD/LAG CIRCUIT SELECT  
ENTER  
ENTER  
1
1
3
3
3
Scrolling stops  
Value flashes  
Select 3 (See note below)  
Change accepted  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
LLCS  
LEAD/LAG CIRCUIT SELECT  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
NOTE: Options 1 and/or 3 not valid for sizes 040-070 without Circuit B accessory unloader installed.  
Table 20 Time Clock Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
ITEM  
SUB-MODE  
KEYPAD ENTRY  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
Military (00.00-23.59)  
1=Jan, 2=Feb, etc.  
RANGE  
ENTER  
TIME  
DATE  
HH.MM  
MNTH  
DOM  
00.00 - 23.59  
1 - 12  
HOUR AND MINUTE  
MONTH  
ENTER  
1 - 31  
DATE OF MONTH  
1=Mon, 2=Tue, etc.  
DAY  
1 - 7  
DAY OF WEEK  
YEAR  
0000 - 9999  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
YEAR OF CENTURY  
SCHD  
ENTER  
MON.O  
MON.U  
MONDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
MONDAY UNOCCUPIED TIME  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
Default: 00.00  
TUE.O  
TUE.U  
WED.O  
WED.U  
THU.O  
THU.U  
FRI.O  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
00.00 - 23.59  
TUESDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
TUESDAY UNOCCUPIED TIME  
WEDNESDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
WEDNESDAY UNOCC TIME  
THURSDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
THURSDAY UNOCCUPIED TIME  
FRIDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
FRI.U  
FRIDAY UNOCCUPIED TIME  
SATURDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
SATURDAY UNOCCUPIED TIME  
SUNDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
SAT.O  
SAT.U  
SUN.O  
SUN.U  
SUNDAY UNOCCUPIED TIME  
40  
Table 21 Setting an Occupied Time Schedule  
SUB-MODE  
SCHD  
KEYPAD ENTRY  
ITEM  
DISPLAY  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
MON.O  
00.00  
MONDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
TIME IN MILITARY FORMAT (HH.MM)  
ENTER  
ENTER  
00.00  
00.00  
07.00  
07.00  
07.30  
07.30  
07.30  
Scrolling stops  
Hours flash  
Select 7 AM  
ENTER  
Change accepted, minutes flash  
Select 30  
ENTER  
Change accepted  
Item/Value/Units scrolls again  
ESCAPE  
MON.O  
MONDAY OCCUPIED TIME  
Table 22 Operating Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
SUB-MODE  
MODE  
KEYPAD ENTRY  
ITEM  
RANGE  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
MD01  
OFF-ON  
FSM CONTROLLING CHILLER  
MD02  
MD03  
MD04  
MD05  
MD06  
MD07  
MD08  
MD09  
MD10  
MD11  
MD12  
MD13  
MD14  
MD15  
MD16  
MD17  
MD18  
MD19  
MD20  
MD21  
MD22  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
OFF-ON  
WSM CONTROLLING CHILLER  
MASTER/SLAVE CONTROL  
LOW SOURCE PROTECTION  
RAMP LOAD LIMITED  
Not Supported  
TIMED OVERRIDE IN EFFECT  
LOW COOLER SUCTION TEMPA  
LOW COOLER SUCTION TEMPB  
SLOW CHANGE OVERRIDE  
MINIMUM OFF TIME ACTIVE  
LOW SUCTION SUPERHEAT A  
LOW SUCTION SUPERHEAT B  
DUAL SETPOINT  
TEMPERATURE RESET  
DEMAND LIMIT IN EFFECT  
COOLER FREEZE PROTECTION  
LO TMP COOL/HI TMP HEAT  
HI TMP COOL/LO TMP HEAT  
MAKING ICE  
STORING ICE  
HIGH SCT CIRCUIT A  
HIGH SCT CIRCUIT B  
LEGEND  
FSM  
SCT  
WSM  
FlotronicSystem Manager  
Saturated Condensing Temperature  
Water System Manager  
41  
Table 23 Operating Modes  
MODE NO.  
ITEM EXPANSION  
DESCRIPTION  
FlotronicSystem Manager (FSM) is controlling the chiller.  
Water System Manager (WSM) is controlling the chiller.  
Lead/Lag Chiller control is enabled.  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
FSM CONTROLLING CHILLER  
WSM CONTROLLING CHILLER  
MASTER/SLAVE CONTROL  
LOW SOURCE PROTECTION  
RAMP LOAD LIMITED  
Not currently supported.  
Ramp load (pulldown) limiting in effect. In this mode, the rate at which leaving  
fluid temperature is dropped is limited to a predetermined value to prevent  
compressor overloading. See CRMP set point in the Set Point Select (SLCT)  
section of the Configuration mode. The pulldown limit can be modified, if  
desired, to any rate from 0.2° F to 2° F (0.1° to 1° C)/minute.  
06  
07  
08  
TIMED OVERRIDE IN EFFECT  
LOW COOLER SUCTION TEMP A  
LOW COOLER SUCTION TEMP B  
Timed override is in effect. This is a 1 to 4 hour temporary override of the  
programmed schedule, forcing unit to Occupied mode. Override can be  
implemented with unit under Local (Enable) or CCN control. Override  
expires after each use.  
Circuit A capacity may be limited due to operation of this mode. Control will  
attempt to correct this situation for up to 10 minutes before shutting the cir-  
cuit down. The control may decrease capacity when attempting to correct  
this problem. See Alarms and Alerts section for more information.  
Circuit B capacity may be limited due to operation of this mode. Control will  
attempt to correct this situation for up to10 minutes before shutting the cir-  
cuit down. The control may decrease capacity when attempting to correct  
this problem. See Alarms and Alerts section for more information.  
09  
10  
11  
SLOW CHANGE OVERRIDE  
MINIMUM OFF TIME ACTIVE  
LOW SUCTION SUPERHEAT A  
Slow change override is in effect. The leaving fluid temperature is close to  
and moving towards the control point.  
Chiller is being held off by Minutes Off Time (DELY) found under Options 2  
(OPT2) section of Configuration mode.  
Circuit A capacity may be limited due to operation of this mode. Control will  
attempt to correct this situation for up to 5 minutes before shutting the cir-  
cuit down. See Alarms and Alerts section for more information.  
12  
13  
14  
LOW SUCTION SUPERHEAT B  
DUAL SET POINT  
Circuit B capacity may be limited due to operation of this mode. Control will  
attempt to correct this situation for up to 5 minutes before shutting the cir-  
cuit down. See Alarms and Alerts section for more information.  
Dual set point mode is in effect. Chiller controls to CSP.1 during occupied  
periods and CSP.2 during unoccupied periods. Both CSP.1 and CSP.2 are  
located under COOL in the Set Point mode.  
Temperature reset is in effect. In this mode, chiller is using temperature  
reset to adjust leaving fluid set point upward and is currently controlling to  
the modified set point. The set point can be modified based on return fluid,  
outdoor-air-temperature, space temperature, or 4 to 20 mA signal.  
TEMPERATURE RESET  
15  
DEMAND LIMIT IN EFFECT  
Demand limit is in effect. This indicates that the capacity of the chiller  
is being limited by demand limit control option. Because of this limitation,  
the chiller may not be able to produce the desired leaving fluid temperature.  
Demand limit can be controlled by switch inputs or a 4 to 20 mA signal.  
16  
17  
COOLER FREEZE PROTECTION  
LO TMP COOL/HI TMP HEAT  
Cooler fluid temperatures are approaching the Freeze point (see Alarms  
and Alerts section for definition). The chiller will be shut down when either  
fluid temperature falls below the Freeze point.  
Chiller is in Cooling mode and the rate of change of the leaving fluid is neg-  
ative and decreasing faster than -0.5° F per minute. Error between leaving  
fluid and control point exceeds fixed amount. Control will automatically  
unload the chiller if necessary.  
18  
HI TMP COOL/LO TMP HEAT  
Chiller is in Cooling mode and the rate ofchange ofthe leaving fluidispositive  
and increasing. Error between leaving fluid and control point exceeds fixed  
amount. Controlwill automatically loadthechillerifnecessarytobetter match  
the increasing load.  
19  
20  
MAKING ICE  
STORING ICE  
Chiller is in an unoccupied mode and is using Ice Set Point 3 (CSP.3) to make  
ice. The ice done input to the Energy Management Module (EMM) is open.  
Chiller is in an unoccupied mode and is controlling to Cooling Set Point 2  
(CSP.2). The ice done input to the Energy Management Module (EMM) is  
closed.  
21  
22  
HIGH SCT CIRCUIT A  
HIGH SCT CIRCUIT B  
Chiller is in a cooling mode and the Saturated Condensing temperature read  
by sensor T3 is greater than 140 F (60 C). No additional stages of capacity  
will be added. Chiller may be unloaded if SCT continues to rise to avoid high-  
pressure switch trips by reducing condensing temperature.  
Chiller is in a cooling mode and the Saturated Condensing temperature read  
by sensor T4 is greater than 140 F (60 C). No additional stages of capacity  
will be added. Chiller may be unloaded if SCT continues to rise to avoid high-  
pressure switch trips by reducing condensing temperature.  
42  
Table 24 Alarms Mode and Sub-Mode Directory  
SUB-MODE  
CRNT  
KEYPAD ENTRY  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
Alarms are shown as AXXX.  
Alerts are shown as TXXX.  
ENTER  
AXXX or TXXX  
YES/NO  
CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS  
RESET ALL CURRENT ALARMS  
ENTER  
ENTER  
RCRN  
Alarms are shown as AXXX.  
Alerts are shown as TXXX.  
HIST  
RHIS  
AXXX or TXXX  
YES/NO  
ALARM HISTORY  
ENTER  
RESET ALARM HISTORY  
Table 25 Example of Reading and Clearing Alarms  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
SUB-MODE  
CRNT  
ITEM  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
AXXX or TXXX  
CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS  
ACTIVE ALARMS (AXXX) OR  
ALERTS (TXXX) DISPLAYED.  
ENTER  
ESCAPE  
CRNT  
RCRN  
NO  
NO  
Use to clear active alarms/alerts  
NO Flashes  
ENTER  
ENTER  
YES  
NO  
Select YES  
Alarms/alerts clear, YES changes to NO  
Return temperature reset allows for the leaving temperature  
set point to be reset upward as a function of the return fluid  
temperature or, in effect, the building load.  
Temperature Reset The control system is capable of  
handling leaving-fluid temperature reset based on return cooler  
fluid temperature. Because the change in temperature through  
the cooler is a measure of the building load, the return tempera-  
ture reset is in effect an average building load reset method.  
The control system is also capable of temperature reset based  
on outdoor-air temperature (OAT), space temperature (SPT), or  
from an externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal. Accessory sen-  
sors must be used for OAT and SPT reset (HH79NZ073 for  
OAT and HH51BX006 for SPT). The Energy Management  
Module (EMM) must be used for temperature reset using a 4 to  
20 mA signal.  
To use the return reset, four variables must be configured. In  
the Configuration mode under the sub-mode RSET, items  
CRST, CRT1, CRT2, and DGRC must be set properly. See Ta-  
ble 26 on page 44 for correct configuration. See Fig. 2-4 for  
wiring details.  
Under normal operation, the chiller will maintain a constant  
leaving fluid temperature approximately equal to the chilled  
fluid set point. As the cooler load varies, the entering cooler  
fluid will change in proportion to the load as shown in Fig. 21.  
Usually the chiller size and leaving-fluid temperature set point  
are selected based on a full-load condition. At part load, the flu-  
id temperature set point may be colder than required. If the  
leaving fluid temperature was allowed to increase at part load,  
the efficiency of the machine would increase.  
LEGEND  
EWT Entering Water (Fluid) Temperature  
LWT Leaving Water (Fluid) Temperature  
Fig. 21 Standard Chilled Fluid  
Temperature Control No Reset  
43  
Table 26 Configuring Temperature Reset  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
MODE  
SUB-MODE  
ITEM DISPLAY  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
DISP  
UNIT  
OPT1  
TEST ON/OFF  
TYPE  
TEST DISPLAY LEDS  
UNIT TYPE  
FLUD  
COOLER FLUID  
OPT2  
RSET  
CTRL  
CRST  
CONTROL METHOD  
COOLING RESET TYPE 0 = No Reset  
ENTER  
1 = 4 to 20 mA Input (EMM required)  
(Connect to EMM J6-2,5)  
2 = Outdoor-Air Temperature  
(Connect to TB5-7,8)  
CONFIGURATION  
3 = Return Fluid  
4 = Space Temperature (Connect to  
TB5-5,6)  
Default: 125 F (51.7 C)  
CRT1 XXX.X F NO COOL RESET TEMP Range: 0° to125 F  
Set to 4.0 for CRST= 1  
Default: 0° F (17.8 C)  
CRT2 XXX.X F FULL COOL RESET TEMP Range: 0° to 125 F  
Set to 20.0 for CRST=1  
Default: 0° F (0° C)  
Range: 30 to 30° F (16.7 to 16.7° C)  
DGRC XX.X °F DEGREES COOL RESET  
The following are examples of outdoor air and space tem-  
perature resets:  
LEGEND  
LWT Leaving Water (Fluid) Temperature  
LEGEND  
LWT Leaving Water (Fluid) Temperature  
44  
enable the function. Figure 22 shows how the 4 to 20 mA sig-  
nal is linearly calculated on an overall 10 F to 80 F range for  
fluid types (Configuration mode, sub-mode OPT1, item  
FLUD) 1 or 2.  
Cooling Set Point (4 to 20 mA) A field supplied  
and generated, externally powered 4 to 20 mA signal can be  
used to provide the leaving fluid temperature set point. Connect  
the signal to TB6-3,5 (+,). See Table 27 for instructions to  
100  
(38)  
80  
(27)  
60  
(15)  
40  
(4.4)  
20  
(-7)  
0
(-17)  
4
6.3  
8.6  
10.9  
13.1  
15.4  
17.7  
20  
4 TO 20 mA SIGNAL TO EMM  
EMM Energy Management Module  
Fig. 22 Cooling Set Point (4 to 20 mA)  
Table 27 Menu Configuration of 4 to 20 mA Cooling Set Point Control  
MODE  
(RED LED)  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
ITEM  
EXPANSION  
SUB-MODE  
ITEM DISPLAY  
COMMENT  
ENTER  
CONFIGURATION  
DISP  
UNIT  
OPT1  
OPT2  
RSET  
SLCT  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
CLSP  
0
0
0
4
4
COOLING SETPOINT SELECT  
Scrolling Stops  
Flashing 0’  
Select 4’  
ENTER  
Change Accepted  
45  
2 set point. The demand limit stage that is set to the lowest de-  
mand takes priority if both demand limit inputs are closed. If  
the demand limit percentage does not match unit staging, the  
unit will limit capacity to the closest capacity stage.  
To disable demand limit configure the DMDC to 0. See  
Table 28.  
EXTERNALLY POWERED DEMAND LIMIT (4 to  
20 mA Controlled) To configure Demand Limit for 4 to  
20 mA control set the Demand Limit Select (DMDC) to 2.  
Then configure the Demand Limit at 20 mA (DM20) to the  
maximum loadshed value desired. The control will reduce al-  
lowable capacity to this level for the 20 mA signal. See  
Table 28 and Fig. 23.  
DEMAND LIMIT (CCN Loadshed Controlled) To con-  
figure Demand Limit for CCN Loadshed control set the De-  
mand Limit Select (DMDC) to 3. Then configure the Loadshed  
Group Number (SHNM), Loadshed Demand Delta (SHDL),  
and Maximum Loadshed Time (SHTM). See Table 28.  
Demand Limit Demand Limit is a feature that allows  
the unit capacity to be limited during periods of peak energy  
usage. There are 3 types of demand limiting that can be config-  
ured. The first type is through 2-stage switch control, which  
will reduce the maximum capacity to 2 user-configurable per-  
centages. The second type is by 4 to 20 mA signal input which  
will reduce the maximum capacity linearly between 100% at a  
4 mA input signal (no reduction) down to the user-configurable  
level at a 20 mA input signal. The third type uses the CNN  
Loadshed module and has the ability to limit the current operat-  
ing capacity to maximum and further reduce the capacity if  
required.  
NOTE: The 2-stage switch control and 4 to 20 mA input signal  
types of demand limiting require the Energy Management  
Module (EMM).  
To use Demand Limit, select the type of demand limiting to  
use. Then configure the Demand Limit set points based on the  
type selected.  
DEMAND LIMIT (2-Stage Switch Controlled) To con-  
figure Demand Limit for 2-stage switch control set the  
Demand Limit Select (DMDC) to 1. Then configure the 2 De-  
mand Limit Switch points (DLS1 and DLS2) to the desired ca-  
pacity limit. See Table 28. Capacity steps are controlled by  
2 relay switch inputs field wired to TB6 as shown in Fig. 2-4.  
For Demand Limit by 2-stage switch control, closing the  
first stage demand limit contact will put the unit on the first de-  
mand limit level. The unit will not exceed the percentage of ca-  
pacity entered as Demand Limit Switch 1 set point. Closing  
contacts on the second demand limit switch prevents the unit  
from exceeding the capacity entered as Demand Limit Switch  
The Loadshed Group number is established by the CCN  
system designer. The MBB will respond to a Redline com-  
mand from the Loadshed control. When the Redline command  
is received, the current stage of capacity is set to the maximum  
stages available. Should the loadshed control send a Loadshed  
command, the MBB will reduce the current stages by the value  
entered for Loadshed Demand delta. The Maximum Loadshed  
Time defines the maximum length of time that a loadshed con-  
dition is allowed to exist. The control will disable the Redline/  
Loadshed command if no Cancel command has been received  
within the configured maximum loadshed time limit.  
Table 28 Configuring Demand Limit  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
KEYPAD  
ENTRY  
MODE  
SUB-MODE  
ITEM  
DISPLAY  
ITEM EXPANSION  
COMMENT  
CONFIGURATION  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
ENTER  
DISP  
UNIT  
OPT1  
OPT2  
RSET  
TEST  
TYPE  
FLUD  
CTRL  
CRST  
CRT1  
CRT2  
DGRC  
ON/OFF  
Test Display LEDs  
Unit Type  
X
X
X
Cooler Fluid  
Control Method  
X
Cooling Reset Type  
No Cool Reset Temperature  
Full Cool Reset Temperature  
Degrees Cool Reset  
XXX.X °F  
XXX.X °F  
XX.X F  
Default: 0  
0 = None  
1 = Switch  
DMDC  
X
Demand Limit Select  
2 = 4 to 20 mA Input  
3 = CCN Loadshed  
Default: 100%  
DM20  
SHNM  
XXX %  
XXX  
Demand Limit at 20 mA  
Range: 0 to 100  
Default: 0  
Range: 0 to 99  
Loadshed Group  
Number  
Default: 0%  
Loadshed Demand  
Delta  
SHDL  
SHTM  
DLS1  
DLS2  
XXX%  
XXX MIN  
XXX %  
XXX%  
Range: 0 to 60%  
Default: 60 min.  
Range: 0 to 120 min.  
Maximum Loadshed  
Time  
Default: 80%  
Range: 0 to 100%  
Demand Limit  
Switch 1  
Default: 50%  
Range: 0 to 100%  
Demand Limit  
Switch 2  
NOTE: Heating reset values skipped in this example.  
46  
100  
50% CAPACITY AT 20 mA  
80  
60  
100% CAPACITY AT 4 mA  
40  
20  
0
75% CAPACITY AT 12 mA  
0
2
6
8
12  
16  
18  
4
20  
10  
14  
DEMAND LIMIT SIGNAL 4 - 20 mA INPUT (VOLTS DC)  
Fig. 23 4 to 20 mA Demand Limiting  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
the quick test and initialization features built into the  
ComfortLinkcontrol.  
Compressor Protection Control System  
(CPCS) Board The compressor protection board con-  
trols the compressor and compressor crankcase heater.  
The ground current protection is provided by the compres-  
sor board.  
Follow the procedure below to diagnose and correct EXV  
problems.  
STEP 1 CHECK PROCESSOR EXV OUTPUTS —  
Check EXV output signals at the J6 and J7 terminals of the  
EXV board.  
Turn unit power off. Connect the positive lead of the meter  
to terminal 3 on connector J6 on the EXV board. Set meter for  
approximately 20 vdc. Turn unit power on. Enter and enable  
the Service Test mode. Locate the appropriate EXV under  
OUTS.Select the desired percentage and press Enter to move  
the valve. The valve will overdrive in both directions when  
either 0% or 100% are entered. During this time, connect the  
negative test lead to terminals 1, 2, 4, and 5 in succession. The  
voltage should fluctuate at each pin. If it remains constant at a  
voltage or at 0 v, replace the EXV board. If the outputs are cor-  
rect, then check the EXV.  
To test Circuit B outputs, follow the same procedure above,  
except connect the positive lead of the meter to terminal 3 on  
connector J7 on the EXV board and the negative lead to termi-  
nals 1, 2, 4, and 5 in succession.  
STEP 2 CHECK EXV WIRING Check wiring to  
EXVs from J6 and J7 connectors on EXV board.  
1. Check color coding and wire connections. Make sure  
that wires are connected to correct terminals at J6 and  
J7 connectors and EXV plug connections. Check for  
correct wiring at driver board input and output termi-  
nals. See Fig. 2-4.  
2. Check for continuity and tight connection at all pin  
terminals.  
The large relay located on the board is used to provide a  
feedback signal to the Main Base Board.  
The operation of the compressor board can be checked us-  
ing the Service Test procedure. When the Service Test step is  
turned on, the compressor board is energized. All safeties are  
continuously monitored. The crankcase heater will be turned  
off and the compressor contactor will be turned on. The feed-  
back contacts will close and the Main Base Board (MBB) will  
read the feedback status.  
If the board does not perform properly, use standard wiring  
troubleshooting procedures to check the wiring for open cir-  
cuits. Refer to Alarms and Alerts section on page 48 for alarm  
or alert codes for possible causes for failure.  
If a compressor short-to-ground exists, the compressor  
board may detect the short before the circuit breaker trips. If  
this is suspected, check the compressor for short-to-ground  
failures with an ohmmeter. The ground current is sensed with a  
current toroid (coil) around all 3 or 6 wires between the main  
terminal block and the compressor circuit breaker(s).  
Compressor Ground Current (CGF) Board  
(30GTN,R and 30GUN,R 130-210, 230A-315A,  
and 330A/B-420A/B) One board is used for each cir-  
cuit of these units. Each board receives input from up to 4 tor-  
oids wired in series, one toroid per compressor. With 24 v sup-  
plied at terminals A and B, a current imbalance (compressor  
ground current) sensed by any toroid causes the NC (normally  
closed) contacts to open, shutting down the lead compressor in  
the affected circuit. All other compressors in that circuit shut  
down as a result. The NC contacts remain open until the circuit  
is reset by momentarily deenergizing the board using the push-  
button switch.  
If the NC contacts open, it is necessary to remove toroids  
from the T1-T2 circuit to determine which toroid is causing the  
trip. The chiller circuit can then be put back on line after the  
circuit breaker of the faulty compressor is opened. The com-  
pressor problem can then be diagnosed by normal trouble-  
shooting procedures.  
3. Check plug connections at J6 and J7 connectors and at  
EXVs. Be sure EXV connections are not crossed.  
STEP 3 CHECK RESISTANCE OF EXV MOTOR  
WINDINGS Remove connector at J6 and/or J7 of EXV  
board and check resistance between common lead (red wire,  
terminal D) and remaining leads A, B, C, and E. Resistance  
should be 25 ohms ± 2 ohms. Check all leads to ground for  
shorts.  
STEP 4 CHECK THERMISTORS THAT CONTROL  
EXV Check thermistors that control processor output volt-  
age pulses to the EXVs. Circuit A thermistor is T7, and circuit  
B thermistor is T8. Refer to Fig. 9 and 10 for location.  
1. Refer to Thermistors section on page 59 for details on  
checking thermistor calibration.  
EXV Troubleshooting If it appears that the EXV is  
not properly controlling operating suction pressure or super-  
heat, there are a number of checks that can be made using  
47  
2. Make sure that thermistor leads are connected to the  
proper pin terminals at the J5 connector on EXV board  
and that thermistor probes are located in proper position  
in the refrigerant circuit.  
Open liquid line service valve. Check for any refrigerant  
leaks. Turn the ENABLE/OFF/REMOTE switch back to  
ENABLE or REMOTE and allow the unit to operate.  
Verify proper unit operation.  
When these checks have been completed, the actual opera-  
tion of the EXV can be checked by using the procedures out-  
lined in Step 5 Check Operation of the EXV section below.  
STEP 5 CHECK OPERATION OF THE EXV Use  
the following procedure to check the actual operation of the  
EXVs. The ENABLE/OFF/REMOTE contact switch must be  
in the OFF position.  
1. Close the liquid line service valve for the circuit to be  
checked and run through the appropriate service test to  
pump down the low side of the system. Run lead com-  
pressor for at least 30 seconds to ensure all refrigerant  
has been pumped from the low side and that the EXV  
has been driven fully open (1500 steps).  
NOTE: Do not use the Emergency ON-OFF switch to  
recycle the control during this step.  
2. Turn off the compressor circuit breaker(s) and the control  
circuit power and then turn the Emergency ON/OFF  
switch to the OFF position. Close compressor service  
valves and remove any remaining refrigerant from the  
low side of the system.  
3. Carefully loosen the 2-1/8 in. nut. Do not twist the valve.  
Remove the motor canister from the valve body using  
caution to avoid damage to the o-ring seal. If the EXV  
plug was disconnected during this process reconnect it  
after the motor canister is removed.  
4. Note position of lead screw (see Fig. 15). If valve has re-  
sponded properly to processor signals in Step 5.1 above,  
the lead screw should be fully retracted.  
5. Recycle the control by turning the Emergency ON-OFF  
switch to the ON position. This puts the control in initial-  
ization mode. During the first 60 seconds of the initializa-  
tion mode, each valve is driven to the fully closed posi-  
tion (1500 steps) by the processor. Observe the move-  
ment of the lead screw. It should be smooth and uniform  
from the fully retracted (open) to the fully extended  
(closed) position.  
6. When the test has been completed, carefully reassemble  
expansion valve. Apply a small amount of O-ring grease  
to the housing seal O-ring before installing the motor can-  
ister. Be careful not to damage the O-ring. Tighten the  
motor nut to 15 to 25 lb-ft (20 to 34 N-m). Evacuate the  
low side of the open refrigerant circuit. Open compressor  
service valves and close compressor circuit breakers.  
NOTE: The EXV orifice is a screw-in type and may be  
removed for inspection and cleaning. Once the motor canister  
is removed the orifice can be removed by using the orifice  
removal tool (part no. TS429). A slot has been cut in the top of  
the orifice to facilitate removal. Turn orifice counterclockwise  
to remove. A large screwdriver may also be used.  
When cleaning or reinstalling orifice assembly be careful  
not to damage orifice assembly seals. The bottom seal acts as a  
liquid shut-off, replacing a liquid line solenoid valve. If the bot-  
tom seal should become damaged it can be replaced. Remove  
the orifice. Remove the old seal. Using the orifice as a guide,  
add a small amount of O-ring grease, to the underside of the or-  
ifice. Be careful not to plug the vent holes. Carefully set the  
seal with the O-ring into the orifice. The O-ring grease will  
hold the seal in place. If the O-ring grease is not used, the seal  
O-ring will twist and bind when the orifice is screwed into the  
EXV base. Install the orifice and seal assembly. Remove the  
orifice to verify that the seal is properly positioned. Clean any  
O-ring grease from the bottom of the orifice. Reinstall the ori-  
fice and tighten to 100 in.-lb (11 N-m). Apply a small amount  
of O-ring grease to the housing seal O-ring before installing the  
motor canister. Reinstall the motor canister assembly. Tighten  
the motor nut to 15 to 25 ft-lb (20 to 34 N-m).  
Alarms and Alerts These are warnings of abnormal  
or fault conditions, and may cause either one circuit or the  
whole unit to shut down. They are assigned code numbers as  
described in Table 29.  
Automatic alarms will reset without operator intervention if  
the condition corrects itself. The following method must be  
used to reset manual alarms:  
Before resetting any alarm, first determine the cause of the  
alarm and correct it. Enter the Alarms mode indicated by the  
LED on the side of the Scrolling Marquee Display. Press  
and  
until the sub-menu item RCRN RESET  
ENTER  
ALL CURRENT ALARMSis displayed. Press  
.
ENTER  
The control will prompt the user for a password, by displaying  
PASS and WORD. Press to display the default pass-  
ENTER  
for each character. If the password  
word, 1111. Press  
ENTER  
has been changed, use the arrow keys to change each individu-  
al character. Toggle the display to YESand press  
.
ENTER  
The alarms will be reset.  
48  
Table 29 Alarm and Alert Codes  
ALARM/  
ALERT  
CODE  
ALARM  
OR  
ALERT  
WHY WAS THIS  
ACTION TAKEN  
BY CONTROL  
RESET  
METHOD  
PROBABLE  
CAUSE  
DESCRIPTION  
ALARM  
GENERATED?  
T051  
Alert  
Circuit A, Compressor 1  
Failure  
Compressor feedback signal Circuit A shut down.  
does not match relay state  
Manual  
High-pressure or loss-of-  
charge switch open, faulty  
control relay or CPCS board,  
loss of condenser air, liquid  
valve closed, operation  
beyond capability.  
T052  
T053  
T054  
T055  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
Circuit A, Compressor 2  
Failure  
Compressor feedback signal Circuit A shut down. Circuit  
Manual  
Manual  
Manual  
Manual  
High-pressure switch open,  
faulty control relay or CPCS  
board, loss of condenser air,  
liquid valve closed, opera-  
tion beyond capability.  
does not match relay state  
restarted in 1 minute. Com-  
pressor A2 not used until  
alarm is reset.  
Circuit A, Compressor 3  
Failure  
Compressor feedback signal Circuit A shut down. Circuit  
High-pressure switch open,  
faulty control relay or CPCS  
board, loss of condenser air,  
liquid valve closed, opera-  
tion beyond capability.  
does not match relay state  
restarted in 1 minute. Com-  
pressor A3 not used until  
alarm is reset.  
Circuit A, Compressor 4  
Failure  
Compressor feedback signal Circuit A shut down. Circuit  
High-pressure switch open,  
faulty control relay or CPCS  
board, loss of condenser air,  
liquid valve closed, opera-  
tion beyond capability.  
does not match relay state  
restarted in 1 minute. Com-  
pressor A4 not used until  
alarm is reset.  
Circuit B, Compressor 1  
Failure  
Compressor feedback signal Circuit B shut down.  
does not match relay state  
High-pressure or loss-of-  
charge switch open, faulty  
control relay or CPCS board,  
loss of condenser air, liquid  
valve closed, operation  
beyond capability.  
T056  
T057  
Alert  
Alert  
Circuit B, Compressor 2  
Failure  
Compressor feedback signal Circuit B shut down. Circuit  
Manual  
Manual  
High-pressure switch open,  
faulty control relay or CPCS  
board, loss of condenser air,  
liquid valve closed, opera-  
tion beyond capability.  
does not match relay state  
restarted in 1 minute. Com-  
pressor B2 not used until  
alarm is reset.  
Circuit B, Compressor 3  
Failure  
Compressor feedback signal Circuit B shut down. Circuit  
High-pressure switch open,  
faulty control relay or CPCS  
board, loss of condenser air,  
liquid valve closed, opera-  
tion beyond capability.  
does not match relay state  
restarted in 1 minute. Com-  
pressor B3 not used until  
alarm is reset.  
A060  
A061  
T064  
Alarm  
Alarm  
Alert  
Cooler Leaving Fluid  
Thermistor outside range of  
Chiller shutdown after  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
Thermistor Failure (T1)  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) pumpdown complete.  
Cooler Entering Fluid  
Thermistor Failure (T2)  
Thermistor outside range of  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) pumpdown complete.  
Chiller shutdown after  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
Circuit A Saturated Con-  
densing Thermistor Failure  
(T3)  
Thermistor outside range of  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) pumpdown complete.  
Circuit A shutdown after  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
T065  
T066  
T067  
T068  
T069  
T073  
T074  
T077  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
Circuit B Saturated Con-  
densing Thermistor Failure  
(T4)  
Thermistor outside range of Circuit B shutdown after  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) pumpdown complete.  
Circuit A Saturated Suction  
Thermistor Failure (T5)  
Thermistor outside range of  
Circuit A shutdown after  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) pumpdown complete.  
(EXV only)  
Circuit B Saturated Suction  
Thermistor Failure (T6)  
Thermistor outside range of  
Circuit B shutdown after  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) pumpdown complete.  
(EXV only).  
Compressor A1 Suction  
Gas Thermistor Failure (T7) 40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) pumpdown complete.  
Thermistor outside range of  
Circuit A shutdown after  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
(EXV only).  
Compressor B1 Suction  
Gas Thermistor Failure (T8) 40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) pumpdown complete.  
Thermistor outside range of  
Circuit B shutdown after  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
(EXV only).  
Outside Air Thermistor  
Failure (T9)  
Thermistor outside range of  
Temperature reset disabled.  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) Chiller runs under normal  
control/set points.  
Space Temperature  
Thermistor Failure (T10)  
Thermistor outside range of  
Temperature reset disabled.  
Automatic Thermistor failure, damaged  
cable/wire or wiring error.  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) Chiller runs under normal  
control/set points.  
Circuit A Saturated  
Suction Temperature  
exceeds Cooler Leaving  
Fluid Temperature  
Saturated suction is  
greater than leaving fluid  
temperature for more than  
5 minutes  
Circuit A shutdown after  
pumpdown complete.  
Automatic Faulty expansion valve or  
EXV board, faulty cooler suc-  
tion thermistor (T5) or leav-  
ing fluid thermistor (T1).  
T078  
T079  
Alert  
Alert  
Circuit B Saturated  
Suction Temperature  
exceeds Cooler Leaving  
Fluid Temperature  
Saturated suction is  
greater than leaving fluid  
temperature for more than  
5 minutes  
Circuit B shutdown after  
pumpdown complete  
Automatic Faulty expansion valve or  
EXV board, faulty cooler suc-  
tion thermistor (T6) or leav-  
ing fluid thermistor (T1).  
Lead/Lag Thermistor Failure Thermistor outside range of  
Lead/lag algorithm runs  
Automatic Dual chiller LWT thermistor  
failure, damaged cable/wire  
or wiring error.  
40 to 245 F (40 to 118 C) using Master LWT sensor  
Master is lead chiller.  
49  
Table 29 Alarm and Alert Codes (cont)  
ALARM/ ALARM  
WHY WAS THIS  
ACTION TAKEN  
ALARM  
RESET  
METHOD  
PROBABLE  
CAUSE  
ALERT  
CODE  
OR  
DESCRIPTION  
BY CONTROL  
GENERATED?  
ALERT  
T112  
T113  
T114  
T115  
T116  
Alert Circuit A High Suction If EXV is greater than  
Circuit A shutdown after  
Manual  
Faulty expansion  
valve or EXV board,  
low refrigerant  
charge, plugged fil-  
ter drier, faulty suc-  
tion gas thermistor  
(T7) or cooler ther-  
mistor (T5).  
Faulty expansion  
valve or EXV board,  
low refrigerant  
charge, plugged fil-  
ter drier, faulty suc-  
tion gas thermistor  
(T8) or cooler ther-  
mistor (T6).  
Superheat  
98%, suction superheat is pumpdown complete.  
greater than 75 F (41.7 C)  
and saturated suction  
temperature is less than  
MOP for 5 minutes  
Alert Circuit B High Suction If EXV is greater than  
Circuit B shutdown after  
Manual  
Superheat  
98% suction superheat is pumpdown complete.  
greater than 75 F (41.7 C)  
and saturated suction  
temperature is less than  
MOP for 5 minutes  
Alert Circuit A Low Suction If EXV is greater than  
Circuit A shutdown after  
pumpdown complete.  
Automatic restart Faulty expansion  
Superheat  
10%, and either suction  
superheat is less than  
superheat set point 10 F  
(5.6 C) or saturated  
suction temperature is  
greater than MOP for  
5 minutes  
after first daily  
occurrence.  
Manual restart  
thereafter.  
valve or EXV board,  
faulty suction gas  
thermistor (T7) or  
cooler thermistor  
(T5).  
Alert Circuit B Low Suction If EXV is greater than  
Circuit B shutdown after  
pumpdown complete.  
Automatic restart Faulty expansion  
Superheat  
10%, and either suction  
superheat is less than  
superheat set point 10 F  
(5.6 C) or saturated  
suction temperature is  
greater than MOP for  
5 minutes  
after first daily  
occurrence.  
Manual restart  
thereafter.  
valve or EXV board,  
faulty suction gas  
thermistor (T8) or  
cooler thermistor  
(T6).  
Alert Circuit A Low Cooler 1. If the saturated suction 1. Mode 7 initiated. No addi- 1. Automatic reset Faulty expansion  
Suction Temperature  
temperature is 24 to  
29° F (13.3 to 16.1° C)  
below cooler LWT and  
is also 2° F (1.1° C)  
less than freeze*  
tional capacity increases.  
Alert not tripped.  
if corrected.  
valve or EXV board,  
low refrigerant  
charge, plugged fil-  
ter drier, faulty suc-  
tion gas thermistor  
(T7) or cooler ther-  
mistor (T5), low  
2. If the saturated suction 2. Circuit shutdown without 2. Manual  
temperature is 30° F  
(16.7° C) below cooler  
LWT and is also 2° F  
(1.1° C) less than  
going through pumpdown.  
cooler fluid flow.  
freeze* for 10 minutes  
T117  
Alert Circuit B Low Cooler 1. If the saturated suction 1. Mode 8 initiated. No addi- 1. Automatic reset Faulty expansion  
Suction Temperature  
temperature is 24 to  
29°F (13.3 to 16.1° C)  
below cooler LWT and  
is also 2°F (1.1° C)  
less than freeze*  
tional capacity increases.  
Alert not tripped.  
if corrected.  
valve or EXV board,  
low refrigerant  
charge, plugged fil-  
ter drier, faulty suc-  
tion gas thermistor  
(T8) or cooler ther-  
mistor (T6), low  
2. If the saturated suction 2. Circuit shutdown without 2. Manual  
temperature is 30° F  
(16.7° C) below cooler  
LWT and is also 2° F  
(1.1° C) less than  
going through pumpdown.  
cooler fluid flow.  
freeze* for 10 minutes  
T118  
T119  
Alert Circuit A Low Oil  
Pressure  
Oil pressure switch open Circuit shutdown without  
after 1 minute of continu- going through pumpdown.  
ous operation  
Manual  
Manual  
Oil pump failure, low  
oil level, switch fail-  
ure or compressor  
circuit breaker  
tripped.  
Alert Circuit B Low Oil  
Pressure  
Oil pressure switch open Circuit shutdown without  
after 1 minute of continu- going through pumpdown.  
ous operation  
Oil pump failure, low  
oil level, switch fail-  
ure or compressor  
circuit breaker  
tripped.  
LEGEND  
*Freeze is defined as 34° F (1.1 C) for water. For brine fluids, freeze  
is CSP.1 8° F (4.4 C) for single set point and lower of CSP.1 or  
CSP.2 8° F (4.4 C) for dual set point configuration.  
CCN Carrier Comfort Network  
CPCS Compressor Protection Control System  
CXB Compressor Expansion Board  
EMM Energy Management Module  
EWT Entering Fluid Temperature  
EXV Electronic Expansion Valve  
FSM FlotronicSystem Manager  
LCW Leaving Chilled Water  
LWT Leaving Fluid Temperature  
MBB Main Base Board  
MOP Maximum Operating Pressure  
WSM Water System Manager  
50  
Table 29 Alarm and Alert Codes (cont)  
ALARM/  
ALERT  
CODE  
ALARM  
OR  
ALERT  
WHY WAS THIS  
ACTION TAKEN  
ALARM  
RESET  
METHOD  
PROBABLE  
CAUSE  
DESCRIPTION  
BY CONTROL  
GENERATED?  
A150  
Alarm  
Emergency Stop  
CCN emergency stop  
command received  
Chiller shutdown  
without going  
through pumpdown.  
Automatic once  
CCN command for  
EMSTOP returns  
to normal  
CCN Network  
command.  
A151  
A152  
Alarm  
Alarm  
Illegal Configuration  
One or more of the ille-  
gal configurations  
exists.  
Both circuits are down  
due to alarms/alerts.  
Chiller is not  
Manual once con-  
figuration errors  
are corrected  
Automatic once  
alarms/alerts are  
cleared that pre-  
vent the chiller  
from starting.  
Configuration  
error. See Note on  
page 52.  
Alarm notifies user  
that chiller is100%  
down.  
allowed to start.  
Unit Down Due to  
Failure  
Chiller is unable  
to run.  
T153  
Alert  
Real Time Clock  
Hardware Failure  
Internal clock on MBB  
fails  
Occupancy sched-  
ule will not be used.  
Chiller defaults to  
Local On mode.  
Automatic when  
correct clock con-  
trol restarts.  
Time/Date/Month/  
Day/Year not prop-  
erly set.  
A154  
T155  
Alarm  
Alert  
Serial EEPROM  
Hardware Failure  
Serial EEPROM  
Storage Failure  
Hardware failure with  
MBB  
Configuration/storage  
failure with MBB  
Chiller is unable  
to run.  
No Action  
Manual  
Manual  
Main Base Board  
failure.  
Potential failure of  
MBB. Download  
current operating  
software. Replace  
MBB if error  
occurs again.  
A156  
Alarm  
Critical Serial  
EEPROM Storage  
Failure  
Configuration/storage  
failure with MBB  
Chiller is not  
allowed to run.  
Manual  
Main Base Board  
failure.  
A157  
T170  
Alarm  
Alert  
A/D Hardware  
Failure  
Loss of Communica-  
tion with CXB  
Hardware failure with  
peripheral device  
MBB loses communica-  
tion with CXB  
Chiller is not  
Manual  
Main Base Board  
failure.  
Wiring error, faulty  
wiring or failed  
CXB module.  
allowed to run.  
Compressors A3,  
A4 and B3 and  
unloaders A2/B2  
unable to operate.  
Automatic  
A172  
T173  
Alarm  
Alert  
Loss of Communica-  
tion with EXV  
MBB loses communica-  
tion with EXV  
Chiller shutdown  
without going  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Wiring error, faulty  
wiring or failed  
EXV module.  
Wiring error, faulty  
wiring or failed  
Energy Manage-  
ment Module  
(EMM).  
through pumpdown.  
Loss of Communica-  
tion with EMM  
MBB loses communica-  
tion with EMM  
4 to 20 mA tempera-  
ture reset disabled.  
Demand Limit set to  
100%. 4 to 20 mA  
set point disabled.  
T174  
T176  
T177  
Alert  
Alert  
Alert  
4 to 20 mA Cooling  
Set Point Input Fail-  
ure  
If configured with EMM  
and input less than  
2 mA or greater than  
22 mA  
If configured with EMM  
and input less than  
2 mA or greater than  
22 mA  
If configured with EMM  
and input less than  
2 mA or greater than  
22 mA  
Set point function  
disabled. Chiller  
controls to CSP.1.  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Faulty signal gen-  
erator, wiring  
error, or faulty  
EMM.  
Faulty signal gen-  
erator, wiring  
error, or faulty  
EMM.  
Faulty signal gen-  
erator, wiring  
error, or faulty  
EMM.  
4 to 20 mA Tempera-  
ture Reset Input  
Failure  
Reset function dis-  
abled. Chiller  
returns to normal  
set point control.  
4 to 20 mA Demand  
Limit Input Failure  
Demand limit func-  
tion disabled. Chiller  
returns to 100%  
demand limit  
control.  
A200  
A201  
A202  
Alarm  
Alarm  
Alarm  
Cooler Pump Inter-  
lock Failure to Close  
at Start-Up  
Interlock not closed  
within 5 minutes after  
unit is started  
Cooler pump shut  
off. Chiller shutdown  
without going  
Manual  
Manual  
Manual  
Failure of cooler  
pump, flow switch,  
or interlock.  
through pumpdown.  
Cooler Pump Inter-  
lock Opened During  
Normal Operation  
Interlock opens during  
operation  
Cooler pump shut  
off. Chiller shutdown  
without going  
through pumpdown.  
Chiller is not  
allowed to start.  
Failure of cooler  
pump, flow switch,  
or interlock.  
Cooler Pump Inter-  
lock Closed When  
Pump is Off  
If configured for cooler  
pump control and inter-  
lock closes while cooler  
pump relay is off  
Failure of cooler  
pump relay or  
interlock, welded  
contacts.  
51  
Table 29 Alarm and Alert Codes (cont)  
ALARM/  
ALERT  
CODE  
ALARM  
OR  
ALERT  
WHY WAS THIS  
ACTION TAKEN  
RES  
METHOD  
PROBABLE  
CAUSE  
DESCRIPTION  
ALARM  
BY CONTROL  
GENERATED?  
T203  
Alert  
Loss of Communica-  
tion with Slave Chiller  
Master MBB loses  
communication with  
Slave MBB  
Dual chiller control dis-  
abled. Chiller runs as a  
stand-alone machine.  
Automatic  
Wiring error, faulty wir-  
ing, failed Slave MBB  
module, power loss at  
Slave chiller, wrong  
slave address.  
T204  
T205  
Alert  
Alert  
Loss of Communica-  
Slave MBB loses com- Dual chiller control dis-  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Wiring error, faulty wir-  
ing, failed Master MBB  
module, power loss at  
Master chiller.  
CCN Address for both-  
chillers is the same.  
Must be different.  
Check CCN.A under  
the OPT2 sub-mode in  
configuration at both  
chillers.  
tion with Master Chiller munication with Master abled. Chiller runs as a  
MBB  
stand-alone machine  
Master and Slave  
Chiller with Same  
Address  
Master and slave chiller Dual chiller routine dis-  
have the same CCN  
address (CCN.A)  
abled. Master/slave run  
as stand-alone chillers.  
T206  
Alert  
High Leaving Chilled  
Water Temperature  
LWT read is greater  
than LCW Alert Limit,  
plus control point and  
Total capacity is 100%  
and LWT is greater  
than LWT reading one  
minute ago  
Alert only. No action  
taken.  
Automatic  
Building load greater  
than unit capacity, low  
water/brine flow or  
compressor fault.  
Check for other  
alarms/alerts.  
A207  
A208  
T950  
T951  
Alarm  
Alarm  
Alert  
Cooler Freeze  
Protection  
Cooler EWT or LWT is Chiller shutdown with-  
Automatic for  
Faulty thermistor (T1/  
less than freeze*  
out going through  
pumpdown. Cooler  
first occurrence T2), low water flow.  
of day. Manual  
pump continues to run reset thereafter.  
(if control enabled).  
Low Cooler Fluid Flow Cooler EWT is less  
than LWT by 3° F  
Chiller shutdown with-  
out going through  
Manual  
Automatic  
Automatic  
Faulty cooler pump,  
low water flow, plugged  
fluid strainer.  
(1.7° C) for 1 minute  
pumpdown. Cooler  
after a circuit is started pump shut off (if control  
enabled).  
Loss of Communica-  
tion with WSM  
No communications  
WSM forces removed.  
Failed module, wiring  
error, failed trans-  
former, loose connec-  
tion plug, wrong  
address.  
Failed module, wiring  
error, failed trans-  
former, loose connec-  
tion plug, wrong  
address.  
have been received by Chiller runs under own  
MBB within 5 minutes  
of last transmission  
control.  
Alert  
Loss of Communica-  
tion with FSM  
No communications  
FSM forces removed.  
have been received by Chiller runs under own  
MBB within 5 minutes  
of last transmission  
control.  
LEGEND  
NOTE: The following table shows illegal configurations:  
CCN Carrier Comfort Network  
CPCS Compressor Protection Control System  
CXB Compressor Expansion Board  
EMM Energy Management Module  
EXV Electronic Expansion Valve  
FSM FlotronicSystem Manager  
LCW Leaving Chilled Water  
1
2
Unit type = 0.  
4 Compressors in a circuit with 2 unloaders.  
4 Compressors in a circuit with 1 unloader and hot gas  
bypass.  
2 Unloaders and hot gas bypass in a circuit.  
More than one compressor difference between circuits (e.g., 4  
compressors in Ckt A, 2 in Ckt B).  
Water cooled units with optional thermistors and configured  
for head pressure control.  
Split system chillers with optional thermistors and configured  
for head pressure control.  
Low temperature brine selected for air cooled chillers or split  
systems with air cooled head pressure control.  
3
4
5
LWT Leaving Fluid Temperature  
MBB Main Base Board  
MOP Maximum Operating Pressure  
WSM Water System Manager  
6
7
8
9
*Freeze is defined as 34° F (1.1 C) for water. For brine fluids, freeze  
is CSP.1 8° F (4.4 C) for single set point and lower of CSP.1 or  
CSP.2 8° F (4.4 C) for dual set point configuration.  
Water cooled unit configured for air cooled head pressure  
control.  
Air cooled head pressure control with common fan staging  
10 and different head pressure control methods for each circuit  
(EXV controlled vs. set point controlled).  
Lead/lag enabled, Master selected and Cooling Set Point  
select is LWT POT.  
11  
Water cooled or split units (units types 2, 3, 4) with more than  
one compressor on a circuit.  
12  
13 Condenser pump interlock enabled on air cooled unit.  
14 Unit type changed.  
15 Low pressure set points out of range.  
16 Cooler fluid type is water and ice mode is enabled.  
52  
30GUN,R approved polyolester (POE) oils are as follows:  
SERVICE  
Mobil Artic EAL 68  
ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD.  
Castrol SW68  
ICI Emkarate RL68H  
Lubrizol 29168 (Texaco HFC Capella 68NA)  
CPI Solest 68  
Turn off all power to unit before servicing.  
The ENABLE/OFF/REMOTE CONTACT  
switch on control panel does not shut off con-  
trol power; use field disconnect.  
Table 30 Oil Charge  
Electronic Components  
CONTROL COMPONENTS Unit uses an advanced elec-  
tronic control system that normally does not require service.  
For details on controls refer to Operating Data section.  
OIL REQUIRED  
COMPRESSOR  
Pts  
L
06E250  
06E265  
06E275  
06E299  
14  
19  
19  
19  
6.6  
9.0  
9.0  
9.0  
30GTN,R AND 30GUN,R 040-110, AND 230B-315B  
UNIT CONTROL BOX When facing compressors, main  
control box is at left end of unit. All incoming power enters  
through main box. Control box contains power components  
and electronic controls.  
Outer panels are hinged and latched for easy opening. Re-  
move screws to remove inner panels. Outer panels can be held  
open for service and inspection by using door retainer on each  
panel. To use door retainers: remove bottom pin from door re-  
tainer assembly, swing retainer out horizontally, and engage pin  
in one of the retainer ears and the hinge assembly.  
Do not reuse drained oil or any oil that has been exposed to  
atmosphere.  
Cooler The cooler is easily accessible from the cooler  
side of the unit. The refrigerant feed components are accessible  
from the control box end of the unit.  
COOLER REMOVAL Cooler can be removed from the  
cooler side of the unit as follows:  
30GTN,R AND 30GUN,R 130-210, 230A-315A, AND  
330A/B-420A/B UNIT CONTROL AND MAIN POWER  
BOXES The main power box is on the cooler side of the  
unit, and the control box is on the compressor side. Outer pan-  
els are hinged and latched for easy opening. Remove screws to  
remove inner panels.  
Open and tag all electrical disconnects before any work  
begins. Note that cooler is heavy and both fluid-side and  
refrigerant-side may be under pressure.  
1. To ensure the refrigerant is in the condenser, follow  
this procedure:  
Compressors If lead compressor on either refrigerant  
circuit becomes inoperative for any reason, circuit is locked off  
and cannot be operated due to features built into the electronic  
control system. Do not attempt to bypass controls to force com-  
pressors to run.  
a. Open the circuit breakers and close the discharge  
valves for the lag compressors in both circuits.  
COMPRESSOR REMOVAL Access to the oil pump end  
of the compressor is from the compressor side of the unit. Ac-  
cess to the motor end of the compressor is from the inside of  
the unit. All compressors can be removed from the compressor  
side of the unit.  
Do not close the discharge valve of an operating compres-  
sor. Severe damage to the compressor can result.  
b. After the lag compressor discharge service valves  
have been closed, close the liquid line service  
valve for one circuit. Allow the lead compressor to  
pump down that circuit until it reaches approxi-  
mately 10 to 15 psig (68.8 to 103.2 kPa).  
c. As soon as the system reaches that pressure, shut  
down the lead compressor by opening the com-  
pressor circuit breaker, then quickly close the dis-  
charge service valve for that compressor.  
IMPORTANT: All compressor mounting hardware and  
support brackets removed during servicing must be rein-  
stalled prior to start-up.  
Following the installation of the new compressor:  
Tighten discharge valves to —  
d. Repeat the procedure for the other circuit.  
Compressor(s)  
2. Close the shutoff valves, if installed, in the cooler fluid  
lines. Remove the cooler fluid piping.  
20 to 25 ft-lb (27 to 34 N-m)  
80 to 90 ft-lb (109 to 122 N-m)  
Tighten suction valves to —  
80 to 90 ft-lb (109 to 122 N-m)  
06E250  
06E265,275,299  
3. Cooler may be under pressure. Open the air vent at the  
top of the cooler, and open the drain on the bottom of the  
cooler (near the leaving fluid outlet) to drain the cooler.  
Both the drain and the air vent are located on the leaving  
fluid end of cooler. See Fig. 24. Remove the cooler water-  
side strainer.  
06E250  
90 to 120 ft-lb (122 to 163 N-m) 06E265,275,299  
Tighten the following fittings to —  
120 in.-lb (13.5 N-m)  
High-Pressure Switch  
4. Disconnect the conduit and cooler heater wires, if  
equipped. Remove all thermistors from the cooler, being  
sure to label all thermistors as they are removed. Ther-  
mistor T1 is a well-type thermistor, and thermistor T2 is  
immersed directly in the fluid. See Fig. 24.  
5. Remove the insulation on the refrigerant connection end  
of the cooler.  
OIL CHARGE (Refer to Table 30) All units are factory  
charged with oil. Acceptable oil level for each compressor is  
from 1/8 to 3/8-in. of sight glass (see Fig. 35).  
When additional oil or a complete charge is required, use  
only Carrier-approved compressor oil.  
30GTN,R approved oils are as follows:  
Petroleum Specialties, Inc. Cryol 150 (factory oil charge)  
6. Unbolt the suction flanges from the cooler head. Save the  
bolts.  
Texaco, Inc.  
Witco Chemical Co.  
Capella WF-32  
Suniso 3GS  
53  
7. Remove the liquid lines by breaking the silver-soldered  
joints at the cooler liquid line nozzles.  
8. On 30GTN,GTR and 30GUN,R 080-110 and 230B-315B  
units, remove the vertical support(s) under the condenser  
coil in front of the cooler. Provide temporary support as  
needed. Save all screws for reinstallation later.  
9. Remove the screws in the cooler feet. Slide the cooler  
slightly to the left to clear the refrigerant tubing. Save all  
screws.  
Removing the cooler can be accomplished in one of 2 ways,  
depending on the jobsite. Either continue sliding the cooler to-  
ward the end of the unit opposite the tubing and carefully re-  
move, or pivot the cooler and remove it from the cooler side of  
the unit.  
Do not use the packing nut to tighten the coupling. Damage  
to the ferrules will result.  
b. Reinstall thermistor T1 well, and insert thermistor  
T1 into well.  
c. Install thermistor T2 (entering fluid temperature)  
so that it is not touching an internal refrigerant  
tube, but so that it is close enough to sense a freeze  
condition. The recommended distance is 1/8 in.  
(3.2 mm) from the cooler tube. Tighten the pack-  
ing nut finger tight, and then tighten 11/4 turns  
more using a back-up wrench.  
REPLACING COOLER To replace the cooler:  
1. Insert new cooler carefully into place. Reattach the  
screws into the cooler feet (using saved screws).  
6. Install the cooler heater and conduit (if equipped), con-  
necting the wires as shown in the unit wiring schematic  
located on the unit.  
7. Close the air vent at the top of the cooler, and close the  
drain on the bottom of the cooler near the leaving fluid  
outlet. Both the drain and the air vent are located on the  
leaving fluid end of the cooler. See Fig. 24.  
On 30GTN,GTR and 30GUN,GUR080-110 and 230B-  
315B units, reattach the 2 vertical supports under the  
condenser coil in front of the cooler using screws  
saved.  
8. Reconnect the cooler fluid piping and strainer, and open  
the shutoff valves (if installed). Purge the fluid of all air  
before starting unit.  
9. Open the discharge service valves, close the circuit break-  
ers, and open the liquid line service valves for the  
compressors.  
SERVICING THE COOLER When cooler heads and par-  
tition plates are removed, tube sheets are exposed showing  
ends of tubes.  
2. Replace the liquid lines and solder at the cooler liquid line  
nozzles.  
3. Rebolt the suction flanges onto the cooler head using  
bolts saved during removal. Use new gaskets for the suc-  
tion line flanges. Use compressor oil to aid in gasket seal-  
ing and tighten the suction flange bolts to 70 to 90 ft-lb  
(94 to 122 N-m).  
NOTE: The suction flange has a 4-bolt pattern. See  
Carrier specified parts for replacement part number, if  
necessary.  
4. Using adhesive, reinstall the cooler insulation on the re-  
frigerant connection end of the cooler.  
5. Reinstall the thermistors. Refer to Thermistors section on  
page 59, and install as follows:  
Certain tubes in the 10HB coolers cannot be removed.  
Eight tubes in the bundle are secured inside the cooler to  
the baffles and cannot be removed. These tubes are marked  
by a dimple on the tube sheet. See Fig. 25. If any of these  
tubes have developed a leak, plug the tube(s) as described  
under Tube Plugging section on page 55.  
1
a. Apply pipe sealant to the /4-in. NPT threads on  
the replacement coupling for the fluid side, and  
install it in place of the original.  
LIQUID  
CONNECTION  
Fig. 24 Cooler Thermistor Locations  
54  
SIZES 060,070  
SIZES 130,150*  
SIZES 170,190*  
SIZES 040-050  
SIZES 100,110*  
SIZES 080,090*  
SIZE 210*  
*And associated modular units (see Tables 1A and 1B).  
Fig. 25 Typical Tube Sheets, Cover Off (Non-Removable Tubes)  
Table 31 Plugs  
Tube Plugging A leaky tube can be plugged until retubing  
can be done. The number of tubes plugged determines how  
soon cooler must be retubed. Tubes plugged in the following  
locations will affect the performance of the unit: Any tube in  
the area, particularly the tube that thermistor T2 is adjacent to,  
will affect unit reliability and performance. Thermistor T2 is  
used in the freeze protection algorithm for the controller. If sev-  
eral tubes require plugging, check with your local Carrier rep-  
resentative to find out how number and location can affect unit  
capacity.  
COMPONENTS FOR  
PLUGGING  
For Tubes  
Brass Pin  
Brass Ring  
For Holes without Tubes  
Brass Pin  
Brass Ring  
Loctite  
Locquic  
PART NUMBER  
853103-500*  
853002-570*  
853103-1*  
853002-631*  
No. 675†  
N”†  
Figure 26 shows an Elliott tube plug and a cross-sectional  
view of a plug in place.  
*Order directly from: Elliott Tube Company, Dayton, Ohio.  
Can be obtained locally.  
Tube information follows:  
Use extreme care when installing plugs to prevent damage  
to the tube sheet section between the holes.  
in.  
Tube sheet hole diameter . . . . . . . . . . 0.631  
Tube OD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.625  
Tube ID after rolling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.581  
mm  
16.03  
15.87  
14.76  
to  
Retubing (See Table 31) When retubing is to be done, ob-  
tain service of qualified personnel experienced in boiler main-  
tenance and repair. Most standard procedures can be followed  
when retubing the 10HB coolers. An 8% crush is recommend-  
ed when rolling replacement tubes into the tubesheet. An 8%  
crush can be achieved by setting the torque on the gun at 48 to  
50 in.-lb (5.4 to 5.6 N-m).  
(includes expansion due  
to clearance)  
to  
0.588  
14.94  
NOTE: Tubes next to gasket webs must be flush with tube  
sheet (both ends).  
The following Elliott Co. tube rolling tools are required:  
Tightening Cooler Head Bolts  
B3400 Expander Assembly  
B3401 Cage  
B3405 Mandrel  
B3408 Rolls  
Gasket Preparation When reassembling cooler heads,  
always use new gaskets. Gaskets are neoprene-based and are  
brushed with a light film of compressor oil. Do not soak gasket  
or gasket deterioration will result. Use new gaskets within  
30 minutes to prevent deterioration. Reassemble cooler nozzle  
end or plain end cover of the cooler with the gaskets. Torque  
all cooler bolts to the following specification and sequence:  
Place one drop of Loctite No. 675 or equivalent on top of  
tube prior to rolling. This material is intended to wickinto  
the area of the tube that is not rolled into the tube sheet, and  
prevent fluid from accumulating between the tube and the tube  
sheet.  
5/8-in. Diameter Perimeter Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 to 170 ft-lb  
(201 to 228 N-m)  
1/2-in. Diameter Flange Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 to 90 ft-lb  
(94 to 121 N-m)  
1. Install all bolts finger tight.  
2. Bolt tightening sequence is outlined in Fig. 27. Follow  
the numbering or lettering sequence so that pressure is  
evenly applied to gasket.  
Fig. 26 Elliott Tube Plug  
55  
3. Apply torque in one-third steps until required torque is  
reached. Load all bolts to each one-third step before pro-  
ceeding to next one-third step.  
cleaner is not available, a soft brush may be used. In either  
case, the tool should be applied in the direction of the fins. Coil  
surfaces can be easily damaged (fin edges bent over) if the tool  
is applied across the fins.  
NOTE: Use of a water stream, such as a garden hose, against a  
surface loaded coil will drive the fibers and dirt into the coil.  
This will make cleaning efforts more difficult. Surface loaded  
fibers must be completely removed prior to using low velocity  
clean water rinse.  
Periodic Clean Water Rinse A periodic clean water rinse is  
very beneficial for coils that are applied in coastal or industrial  
environments. However, it is very important that the water  
rinse is made with very low velocity water stream to avoid  
damaging the fin edges. Monthly cleaning as described below  
is recommended.  
Routine Cleaning of Coil Surfaces Monthly cleaning  
with Enviro-ShieldCoil cleaner is essential to extend the life  
of coils. It is recommended that all coils, including standard  
aluminum, pre-coated, copper/copper or E-coated coils are  
cleaned with the Enviro-Shield Coil Cleaner as described  
below. Coil cleaning should be part of the units regularly  
scheduled maintenance procedures to ensure long life of the  
coil. Failure to clean the coils may result in reduced durability  
in the environment.  
4. No less than one hour later, retighten all bolts to required  
torque values.  
5. After refrigerant is restored to system, check for refriger-  
ant leaks with soap solution or Halide device.  
6. Replace cooler insulation.  
Condenser Coils  
COIL CLEANING For standard aluminum, copper and  
pre-coated aluminum fin coils, clean the coils with a vacuum  
cleaner, fresh water, compressed air, or a bristle brush (not  
wire). Units installed in corrosive environments should have  
coil cleaning as part of a planned maintenance schedule. In this  
type of application, all accumulations of dirt should be cleaned  
off the coil.  
Do not use high-pressure water or air to clean coils fin  
damage may result.  
CLEANING E-COATED COILS Follow the outlined pro-  
cedure below for proper care, cleaning and maintenance of  
E-coated aluminum or copper fin coils:  
Coil Maintenance and Cleaning Recommendations Rou-  
tine cleaning of coil surfaces is essential to maintain proper  
operation of the unit. Elimination of contamination and  
removal of harmful residues will greatly increase the life of the  
coil and extend the life of the unit.  
Enviro-Shield Coil Cleaner is non-flammable, hypoaller-  
genic, non-bacterial, USDA accepted biodegradable and 100%  
ecologically safe agent that will not harm the coil or surround-  
ing components such as electrical wiring, painted metal surfac-  
es or insulation. Use of non-recommended coil cleaners is  
strongly discouraged since coil and unit durability could be  
affected.  
Remove Surface Loaded Fibers Surface loaded fibers or  
dirt should be removed with a vacuum cleaner. If a vacuum  
SIZES 080,090* WITH 18-BOLT HEADS  
SIZES 080,090* WITH 14-BOLT HEADS  
SIZES 100,110* WITH 16-BOLT HEADS  
SIZES 100,110* WITH 22-BOLT HEADS  
SIZES 170,190*  
SIZES 130,150*  
*And associated modular units.  
SIZE 210*  
Fig. 27 Cooler Head Bolt Tightening Sequence (Typical Tube Sheet)  
56  
Enviro-Shield™ Coil Cleaner Application Equipment  
IMPORTANT: Check for proper fan rotation (clockwise  
viewed from above). If necessary, switch any 2 power  
leads to reverse fan rotation.  
21/2 Gallon Garden Sprayer  
Water Rinse with Low Velocity Spray Nozzle  
Enviro-Shield Coil Cleaner Application Instructions  
Although Enviro-Shield Coil cleaner is harmless to  
humans, animals, and marine life, proper eye protection  
such as safety glasses is recommended during mixing  
and application.  
Remove all surface loaded fibers and dirt with a vacuum  
cleaner as described above.  
Thoroughly wet finned surfaces with clean water and a  
low velocity garden hose being careful not to bend fins.  
Mix Enviro-Shield Coil Cleaner in a 21/2 gallon garden  
sprayer according to the instructions included with the  
Enzyme Cleaner. The optimum solution temperature is  
100 F.  
NOTE: DO NOT USE water in excess of 130 F as the enzy-  
matic activity will be destroyed.  
Thoroughly apply Enviro-Shield Coil cleaner solution to  
all coil surfaces including finned area, tube sheets and  
coil headers.  
Hold garden sprayer nozzle close to finned areas and  
apply cleaner with a vertical, up-and-down motion.  
Avoid spraying in horizontal pattern to minimize poten-  
tial for fin damage.  
Ensure cleaner thoroughly penetrates deep into finned  
areas.  
Interior and exterior finned areas must be thoroughly  
cleaned.  
Finned surfaces should remain wet with cleaning solu-  
tion for 10 minutes.  
Ensure surfaces are not allowed to dry before rinsing.  
Reapply cleaner as needed to ensure 10-minute satura-  
tion is achieved.  
FAN TYPE  
DIMENSION  
Low Noise 60 Hz Only  
Standard  
(Optional)  
A
B
0.50(13 mm)  
0.88(22 mm)  
1.50(38 mm)  
1.13(29 mm)  
NOTE: Fan rotation is clockwise as viewed from top of unit.  
Fig. 28A Condenser Fan Adjustment —  
Standard 50 and 60 Hz Units and  
Thoroughly rinse all surfaces with low velocity clean  
water using downward rinsing motion of water spray  
nozzle. Protect fins from damage from the spray nozzle.  
60 Hz Low Noise Fan Option Units  
PLASTIC FAN  
PROPELLER  
Harsh Chemical and Acid Cleaners Harsh chemical,  
household bleach or acid cleaners should not be used to  
clean outdoor or indoors coils of any kind. These cleaners  
can be very difficult to rinse out of the coil and can acceler-  
ate corrosion at the fin/tube interface where dissimilar  
materials are in contact. If there is dirt below the surface of  
the coil, use the Enviro-Shield Coil Cleaner as described  
above.  
CLEARANCE  
OF 0.25 INCHES  
(6.4 MM)  
FAN DECK  
SURFACE  
High Velocity Water or Compressed Air High veloc-  
ity water from a pressure washer, garden hose or com-  
pressed air should never be used to clean a coil. The force  
of the water or air jet will bend the fin edges and increase  
airside pressure drop. Reduced unit performance or nui-  
sance unit shutdown may occur.  
FAN ORIFICE  
Fig. 28B Condenser Fan Adjustment —  
50 Hz Low Noise Fan Option Units  
Condenser Fans Each fan is supported by a formed  
wire mount bolted to fan deck and covered with a wire guard.  
The exposed end of fan motor shaft is protected from weather  
by grease. If fan motor must be removed for service or replace-  
ment, be sure to regrease fan shaft and reinstall fan guard. For  
proper performance, fan should be positioned as in Fig. 28A  
and 28B (standard and low-noise applications). Tighten set-  
screws to 15 ± 1 ft-lb (20 ± 1.3 N-m).  
If the unit is equipped with the high-static fan option, the fan  
must be set from the top of the fan deck to the plastic ring or  
center of the fan to a distance of 2.13 in. ± 0.12 in.  
(54 ± 3 mm). This is different from standard fans, since there is  
no area available to measure from the top of the orifice ring to  
the fan hub itself. See Fig. 29.  
NOTE: Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions in [ ] are in  
inches.  
Fig. 29 Condenser Fan Adjustment,  
Units with High-Static Fan Operation  
57  
of O-ring grease to the housing seal O-ring before installing the  
motor canister. Reinstall the motor canister assembly. Tighten  
the motor nut to 15 to 25 ft-lb (20 to 34 N-m).  
Check EXV operation using test functions described in the  
Service Test section on page 29.  
MOISTURE-LIQUID INDICATOR Clear flow of liquid  
refrigerant indicates sufficient charge in system. Bubbles in the  
sight glass indicate undercharged system or presence of non-  
condensables. Moisture in system measured in parts per mil-  
lion (ppm), changes color of indicator:  
Green — moisture is below 45 ppm;  
Yellow-green (chartreuse) — 45 to 130 ppm (caution);  
Yellow (wet) — above 130 ppm.  
Change filter drier at first sign of moisture in system.  
Refrigerant Feed Components Each circuit has  
all necessary refrigerant controls.  
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE (EXV) A cut-  
away view of valve is shown in Fig. 30.  
High-pressure liquid refrigerant enters valve through bot-  
tom. A series of calibrated slots have been machined in side of  
orifice assembly. As refrigerant passes through orifice, pressure  
drops and refrigerant changes to a 2-phase condition (liquid  
and vapor). To control refrigerant flow for different operating  
conditions, a sleeve moves up and down over orifice and mod-  
ulates orifice size. A sleeve is moved by a linear stepper motor.  
Stepper motor moves in increments and is controlled directly  
by EXV module. As stepper motor rotates, motion is trans-  
ferred into linear movement by lead screw. Through stepper  
motor and lead screw, 1500 discrete steps of motion are ob-  
tained. The large number of steps and long stroke results in  
very accurate control of refrigerant flow. The minimum posi-  
tion for operation is 120 steps.  
The EXV module controls the valve. The lead compressor  
in each circuit has a thermistor located in the suction manifold  
after the compressor motor and a thermistor located in a well  
where the refrigerant enters the cooler. The thermistors mea-  
sure the temperature of the superheated gas entering the com-  
pressor cylinders and the temperature of the refrigerant enter-  
ing the cooler. The difference between the temperature of the  
superheated gas and the cooler suction temperature is the su-  
perheat. The EXV module controls the position of the electron-  
ic expansion valve stepper motor to maintain superheat set  
point.  
IMPORTANT: Unit must be in operation at least  
12 hours before moisture indicator can give an accurate  
reading. With unit running, indicating element must be  
in contact with liquid refrigerant to give true reading.  
FILTER DRIER Whenever moisture-liquid indicator  
shows presence of moisture, replace filter drier(s). There is one  
filter drier on each circuit. Refer to Carrier Standard Service  
Techniques Manual, Chapter 1, Refrigerants, for details on ser-  
vicing filter driers.  
LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVE All TXV units have  
a liquid line solenoid valve to prevent liquid refrigerant migra-  
tion to low side of system during the off cycle.  
LIQUID LINE SERVICE VALVE This valve is located  
1
The superheat leaving cooler is approximately 3° to 5° F  
(2° to 3° C), or less.  
immediately ahead of filter drier, and has a /4-in. Schrader  
connection for field charging. In combination with compressor  
discharge service valve, each circuit can be pumped down into  
the high side for servicing.  
Because EXV status is communicated to the Main Base  
Board (MBB) and is controlled by the EXV modules (see  
Fig. 31), it is possible to track the valve position. By this  
means, head pressure is controlled and unit is protected against  
loss of charge and a faulty valve. During initial start-up, EXV  
is fully closed. After initialization period, valve position is  
tracked by the EXV module by constantly monitoring amount  
of valve movement.  
STEPPER  
MOTOR (12 VDC)  
LEAD SCREW  
The EXV is also used to limit cooler saturated suction tem-  
perature to 50 F (10 C). This makes it possible for the chiller to  
start at higher cooler fluid temperatures without overloading  
the compressor. This is commonly referred to as MOP (maxi-  
mum operating pressure).  
If it appears that EXV is not properly controlling circuit op-  
eration to maintain correct superheat, there are a number of  
checks that can be made using test functions and initialization  
features built into the microprocessor control. See Service Test  
section on page 29 to test EXVs.  
PISTON SLEEVE  
ORIFICE ASSEMBLY  
(INSIDE PISTON SLEEVE)  
NOTE: The EXV orifice is a screw-in type and may be  
removed for inspection and cleaning. Once the motor canister  
is removed the orifice can be removed by using the orifice  
removal tool (part no. TS429). A slot has been cut in the top of  
the orifice to facilitate removal. Turn orifice counterclockwise  
to remove. A large screwdriver may also be used.  
When cleaning or reinstalling orifice assembly be careful  
not to damage orifice assembly seals. The bottom seal acts as a  
liquid shut-off, replacing a liquid line solenoid valve. If the bot-  
tom seal should become damaged it can be replaced. Remove  
the orifice. Remove the old seal. Using the orifice as a guide,  
add a small amount of O-ring grease, to the underside of the or-  
ifice. Be careful not to plug the vent holes. Carefully set the  
seal with the O-ring into the orifice. The O-ring grease will  
hold the seal in place. If the O-ring grease is not used, the seal  
O-ring will twist and bind when the orifice is screwed into the  
EXV base. Install the orifice and seal assembly. Remove the  
orifice to verify that the seal is properly positioned. Clean any  
O-ring grease from the bottom of the orifice. Reinstall the ori-  
fice and tighten to 100 in.-lb (11 N-m). Apply a small amount  
Fig. 30 Electronic Expansion Valve (EXV)  
PL-EXVB  
1
2
3
4
5
A
E
1
2
3
4
5
BRN  
WHT  
RED  
BLK  
D
B
EXV-B  
J7  
C
GRN  
PL-EXVA  
BRN  
A
E
D
B
C
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
WHT  
RED  
EXV-A  
J6  
BLK  
GRN  
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVES (EXVs)  
Fig. 31 Printed Circuit Board Connector  
58  
Tables 32A-33B. To check thermistor accuracy, mea-  
sure temperature at probe location with an accurate  
thermocouple-type temperature measuring instru-  
ment. Insulate thermocouple to avoid ambient temper-  
atures from influencing reading. Temperature  
measured by thermocouple and temperature deter-  
mined from thermistor voltage reading should be  
close, ± 5° F (3° C) if care was taken in applying ther-  
mocouple and taking readings.  
Thermistors Electronic control uses 4 to 10 ther-  
mistors to sense temperatures used to control the operation of  
chiller.  
Thermistors T1-T9 vary in their temperature vs resistance  
and voltage drop performance. Thermistor T10 is a 10 kin-  
put channel and has a different set of temperature vs resistance  
and voltage drop performance. Resistances at various tempera-  
tures are listed in Tables 32A-33B.  
LOCATION General locations of thermistor sensors are  
shown in Fig. 7-10. See Table 2 for pin connection points.  
2. If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut  
down and thermistor removed and checked at a known  
temperature (freezing point or boiling point of water) us-  
ing either voltage drop measured across thermistor at the  
J8 or J5 terminals, by determining the resistance with  
chiller shut down and thermistor disconnected from J8 or  
J5. Compare the values determined with the value read by  
the control in the Temperatures mode using the Marquee  
display.  
Sensor T2 is installed directly in the fluid circuit. Relieve  
all pressure or drain fluid before removing.  
REPLACING THERMISTOR T2  
1. Remove and discard original sensor and coupling. Do  
not disassemble new coupling. Install assembly as  
received. See Fig. 32.  
MAIN BASE BOARD  
2. Apply pipe sealant to 1/4-in. NPT threads on replacement  
coupling, and install in place of original. Do not use the  
packing nut to tighten coupling. Damage to ferrules will  
result.  
1
1
2
2
3
3. Thermistor T2 (entering fluid temperature) should not be  
touching an internal refrigerant tube, but should be close  
enough to sense a freeze condition. Recommended dis-  
tance is 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) from cooler tube. Tighten pack-  
ing nut finger tight to position ferrules, then tighten 11/4  
turns more using a back-up wrench. Ferrules are now at-  
tached to the sensor, which can be withdrawn from cou-  
pling for service.  
REPLACING THERMISTORS T1, T5, T6, T7, AND  
T8 Add a small amount of thermal conductive grease to  
thermistor well. Thermistors are friction-fit thermistors, which  
must be slipped into wells located in the cooler leaving fluid  
nozzle for T1, in the cooler head for T5 and T6 (EXV units  
only), and in the compressor pump end for T7 and T8 (EXV  
units only).  
THERMISTORS T3 AND T4 These thermistors are  
located on header end of condenser coil. They are clamped on  
a return bend.  
THERMISTOR/TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK A  
high quality digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform this  
check.  
REMOTE SPACE TEMP  
(ACCESSORY)  
3
4
4
5
6
T10  
TB5  
TB5  
BLU  
BLU  
PNK  
PNK  
5
5
6
7
8
6
T9  
7
8
TB5  
TB5  
7
8
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMP  
(ACCESSORY) OR  
DUAL CHILLER LWT  
9
9
10  
1
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
T2  
T1  
T4  
2
COOLER ENTERING  
FLUID TEMP  
2
3
4
1
4
COOLER LEAVING  
FLUID TEMP  
J8  
SATURATED  
CONDENSING TEMP-  
CIRCUIT B  
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
SATURATED  
SUCTION TEMP-  
CIRCUIT B*  
T6  
T3  
T5  
6
3
5
SATURATED  
CONDENSING TEMP-  
CIRCUIT A  
1. Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate  
thermistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the  
Main Base Board for thermistors T1-T6, T9, T10; or  
the J5 terminal strip on the EXV Board for thermistors  
T7 and T8 (see Fig. 33). Using the voltage reading  
obtained, read the sensor temperature from  
SATURATED  
SUCTION TEMP-  
CIRCUIT A*  
T1-T6, T9, T10 THERMISTORS  
EXV BOARD  
J5  
X = T1,T5,T6 = 3(76)  
T7,T8 = 4(102)  
4
3
2
1
12 11 10  
12  
9
8
7
6
5
FLUID-SIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T1) AND  
REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T5, T6, T7, T8)  
11 10  
9
T8  
T7  
7
8
CKTA*  
CKTB*  
COMPRESSOR RETURN GAS TEMP  
T7, T8 THERMISTORS  
LEGEND  
LWT Leaving Fluid Temperature  
*Not used on units with TXV (Thermostatic Expansion Valve) FIOP  
(Factory-Installed Option).  
FLUID-SIDE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T2)  
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are in millimeters.  
Fig. 33 Thermistor Connections to J5 and J8  
Processor Boards  
Fig. 32 Thermistors (Temperature Sensors)  
59  
Table 32A 5K Thermistor Temperature (F) vs Resistance/Voltage  
VOLTAGE DROP A FOR THERMISTORS T1, T2, T7-T9  
VOLTAGE DROP B FOR THERMISTORS T3-T6  
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE  
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE  
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE  
TEMP  
(F)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
TEMP  
(F)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
TEMP  
(F)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
DROP A  
(V)  
DROP B  
(V)  
DROP A  
(V)  
DROP B  
(V)  
DROP A  
(V)  
DROP B  
(V)  
59  
60  
1.982  
1.956  
1.930  
1.905  
1.879  
1.854  
1.829  
1.804  
1.779  
1.754  
1.729  
1.705  
1.681  
1.656  
1.632  
1.609  
1.585  
1.562  
1.538  
1.516  
1.493  
1.470  
1.448  
1.426  
1.404  
1.382  
1.361  
1.340  
1.319  
1.298  
1.278  
1.257  
1.237  
1.217  
1.198  
1.179  
1.160  
1.141  
1.122  
1.104  
1.086  
1.068  
1.051  
1.033  
1.016  
0.999  
0.983  
0.966  
0.950  
0.934  
0.918  
0.903  
0.888  
0.873  
0.858  
0.843  
0.829  
0.815  
0.801  
0.787  
0.774  
0.761  
0.748  
0.735  
0.723  
0.710  
0.698  
0.686  
0.674  
0.663  
0.651  
0.640  
0.629  
0.618  
0.608  
0.597  
0.587  
0.577  
0.567  
0.557  
0.548  
0.538  
0.529  
0.520  
2.200  
2.168  
2.137  
2.105  
2.074  
2.043  
2.013  
1.982  
1.952  
1.923  
1.893  
1.864  
1.835  
1.806  
1.778  
1.749  
1.722  
1.694  
1.667  
1.640  
1.613  
1.587  
1.561  
1.535  
1.510  
1.485  
1.460  
1.436  
1.412  
1.388  
1.365  
1.342  
1.319  
1.296  
1.274  
1.253  
1.231  
1.210  
1.189  
1.169  
1.148  
1.128  
1.109  
1.089  
1.070  
1.051  
1.033  
1.015  
0.997  
0.980  
0.963  
0.946  
0.929  
0.913  
0.896  
0.881  
0.865  
0.850  
0.835  
0.820  
0.805  
0.791  
0.777  
0.763  
0.750  
0.736  
0.723  
0.710  
0.698  
0.685  
0.673  
0.661  
0.650  
0.638  
0.627  
0.616  
0.605  
0.594  
0.584  
0.573  
0.563  
0.553  
0.543  
0.534  
7,686  
7,665  
7,468  
7,277  
7,091  
6,911  
6,735  
6,564  
6,399  
6,238  
6,081  
5,929  
5,781  
5,637  
5,497  
5,361  
5,229  
5,101  
4,976  
4,855  
4,737  
4,622  
4,511  
4,403  
4,298  
4,196  
4,096  
4,000  
3,906  
3,814  
3,726  
3,640  
3,556  
3,474  
3,395  
3,318  
3,243  
3,170  
3,099  
3,031  
2,964  
2,898  
2,835  
2,773  
2,713  
2,655  
2,597  
2,542  
2,488  
2,436  
2,385  
2,335  
2,286  
2,239  
2,192  
2,147  
2,103  
2,060  
2,018  
1,977  
1,937  
1,898  
1,860  
1,822  
1,786  
1,750  
1,715  
1,680  
1,647  
1,614  
1,582  
1,550  
1,519  
1,489  
1,459  
1,430  
1,401  
1,373  
1,345  
1,318  
1,291  
1,265  
1,240  
1,214  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
0.511  
0.502  
0.494  
0.485  
0.477  
0.469  
0.461  
0.453  
0.445  
0.438  
0.430  
0.423  
0.416  
0.408  
0.402  
0.395  
0.388  
0.381  
0.375  
0.369  
0.362  
0.356  
0.350  
0.344  
0.339  
0.333  
0.327  
0.322  
0.317  
0.311  
0.306  
0.301  
0.296  
0.291  
0.286  
0.282  
0.277  
0.272  
0.268  
0.264  
0.259  
0.255  
0.251  
0.247  
0.243  
0.239  
0.235  
0.231  
0.228  
0.224  
0.220  
0.217  
0.213  
0.210  
0.206  
0.203  
0.200  
0.197  
0.194  
0.191  
0.188  
0.185  
0.182  
0.179  
0.176  
0.173  
0.171  
0.168  
0.165  
0.163  
0.160  
0.158  
0.155  
0.153  
0.151  
0.148  
0.146  
0.144  
0.142  
0.140  
0.138  
0.135  
0.133  
0.525  
0.515  
0.506  
0.497  
0.489  
0.480  
0.471  
0.463  
0.455  
0.447  
0.449  
0.432  
0.424  
0.417  
0.410  
0.403  
0.396  
0.389  
0.382  
0.376  
0.369  
0.363  
0.357  
0.351  
0.345  
0.339  
0.333  
0.327  
0.322  
0.316  
0.311  
0.306  
0.301  
0.295  
0.291  
0.286  
0.281  
0.276  
0.272  
0.267  
0.263  
0.258  
0.254  
0.250  
0.246  
0.242  
0.238  
0.234  
0.230  
0.226  
0.223  
0.219  
0.216  
0.212  
0.209  
0.205  
0.202  
0.199  
0.196  
0.192  
0.189  
0.186  
0.183  
0.181  
0.178  
0.175  
0.172  
0.169  
0.167  
0.164  
0.162  
0.159  
0.157  
0.154  
0.152  
0.150  
0.147  
0.145  
0.143  
0.141  
0.138  
0.136  
0.134  
1,190  
1,165  
1,141  
1,118  
1,095  
1,072  
1,050  
1,029  
1,007  
986  
965  
945  
925  
906  
887  
868  
850  
832  
815  
798  
782  
765  
750  
734  
719  
705  
690  
677  
663  
650  
638  
626  
614  
602  
591  
581  
570  
561  
551  
542  
533  
524  
516  
508  
501  
494  
487  
480  
473  
467  
461  
456  
450  
445  
439  
434  
429  
424  
419  
415  
410  
405  
401  
396  
391  
386  
382  
377  
372  
367  
361  
356  
350  
344  
338  
332  
325  
318  
311  
304  
297  
289  
282  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9  
8  
7  
6  
5  
4  
3  
2  
1  
0
3.699  
3.689  
3.679  
3.668  
3.658  
3.647  
3.636  
3.624  
3.613  
3.601  
3.588  
3.576  
3.563  
3.550  
3.536  
3.523  
3.509  
3.494  
3.480  
3.465  
3.450  
3.434  
3.418  
3.402  
3.386  
3.369  
3.352  
3.335  
3.317  
3.299  
3.281  
3.262  
3.243  
3.224  
3.205  
3.185  
3.165  
3.145  
3.124  
3.103  
3.082  
3.060  
3.038  
3.016  
2.994  
2.972  
2.949  
2.926  
2.903  
2.879  
2.856  
2.832  
2.808  
2.784  
2.759  
2.735  
2.710  
2.685  
2.660  
2.634  
2.609  
2.583  
2.558  
2.532  
2.506  
2.480  
2.454  
2.428  
2.402  
2.376  
2.349  
2.323  
2.296  
2.270  
2.244  
2.217  
2.191  
2.165  
2.138  
2.112  
2.086  
2.060  
2.034  
2.008  
4.538  
4.523  
4.508  
4.493  
4.476  
4.460  
4.444  
4.427  
4.409  
4.391  
4.373  
4.354  
4.335  
4.316  
4.296  
4.276  
4.255  
4.234  
4.213  
4.191  
4.169  
4.146  
4.123  
4.100  
4.076  
4.052  
4.027  
4.002  
3.976  
3.951  
3.924  
3.898  
3.871  
3.844  
3.816  
3.788  
3.760  
3.731  
3.702  
3.673  
3.643  
3.613  
3.583  
3.552  
3.522  
3.490  
3.459  
3.428  
3.396  
3.364  
3.331  
3.299  
3.266  
3.234  
3.201  
3.168  
3.134  
3.101  
3.068  
3.034  
3.000  
2.966  
2.933  
2.899  
2.865  
2.831  
2.797  
2.764  
2.730  
2.696  
2.662  
2.628  
2.594  
2.561  
2.527  
2.494  
2.461  
2.427  
2.395  
2.362  
2.329  
2.296  
2.264  
2.232  
98,010  
94,707  
91,522  
88,449  
85,486  
82,627  
79,871  
77,212  
74,648  
72,175  
69,790  
67,490  
65,272  
63,133  
61,070  
59,081  
57,162  
55,311  
53,526  
51,804  
50,143  
48,541  
46,996  
45,505  
44,066  
42,679  
41,339  
40,047  
38,800  
37,596  
36,435  
35,313  
34,231  
33,185  
32,176  
31,202  
30,260  
29,351  
28,473  
27,624  
26,804  
26,011  
25,245  
24,505  
23,789  
23,096  
22,427  
21,779  
21,153  
20,547  
19,960  
19,393  
18,843  
18,311  
17,796  
17,297  
16,814  
16,346  
15,892  
15,453  
15,027  
14,614  
14,214  
13,826  
13,449  
13,084  
12,730  
12,387  
12,053  
11,730  
11,416  
11,112  
10,816  
10,529  
10,250  
9,979  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
1
86  
2
87  
3
88  
4
89  
5
90  
6
91  
7
92  
8
93  
9
94  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
9,717  
9,461  
9,213  
8,973  
8,739  
8,511  
8,291  
8,076  
60  
Table 32B 5K Thermistor Temperature (C) vs Resistance/Voltage (cont)  
VOLTAGE DROP A FOR THERMISTORS T1, T2, T7-T9  
VOLTAGE DROP B FOR THERMISTORS T3-T6  
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE  
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE  
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE  
TEMP  
(C)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
TEMP  
(C)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
TEMP  
(C)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
DROP A  
(V)  
DROP B  
(V)  
DROP A  
(V)  
DROP B  
(V)  
DROP A  
(V)  
DROP B  
(V)  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
1.982  
1.935  
1.889  
1.844  
1.799  
1.754  
1.710  
1.666  
1.623  
1.580  
1.538  
1.497  
1.457  
1.417  
1.378  
1.340  
1.302  
1.265  
1.229  
1.194  
1.160  
1.126  
1.093  
1.061  
1.030  
0.999  
0.969  
0.940  
0.912  
0.885  
0.858  
0.832  
0.807  
0.782  
0.758  
0.735  
0.713  
0.691  
0.669  
0.649  
0.629  
0.610  
0.591  
0.573  
0.555  
0.538  
0.522  
2.200  
2.143  
2.087  
2.031  
1.976  
1.923  
1.870  
1.817  
1.766  
1.716  
1.667  
1.619  
1.571  
1.525  
1.480  
1.436  
1.393  
1.351  
1.310  
1.270  
1.231  
1.193  
1.156  
1.120  
1.085  
1.051  
1.019  
0.987  
0.956  
0.926  
0.896  
0.868  
0.841  
0.814  
0.788  
0.763  
0.739  
0.716  
0.693  
0.671  
0.650  
0.629  
0.609  
0.590  
0.571  
0.553  
0.536  
7,855  
7,499  
7,161  
6,840  
6,536  
6,246  
5,971  
5,710  
5,461  
5,225  
5,000  
4,786  
4,583  
4,389  
4,204  
4,028  
3,861  
3,701  
3,549  
3,404  
3,266  
3,134  
3,008  
2,888  
2,773  
2,663  
2,559  
2,459  
2,363  
2,272  
2,184  
2,101  
2,021  
1,944  
1,871  
1,801  
1,734  
1,670  
1,609  
1,550  
1,493  
1,439  
1,387  
1,337  
1,290  
1,244  
1,200  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
0.506  
0.490  
0.475  
0.461  
0.447  
0.433  
0.420  
0.407  
0.395  
0.383  
0.371  
0.360  
0.349  
0.339  
0.329  
0.319  
0.309  
0.300  
0.291  
0.283  
0.274  
0.266  
0.258  
0.251  
0.244  
0.237  
0.230  
0.223  
0.217  
0.211  
0.204  
0.199  
0.193  
0.188  
0.182  
0.177  
0.172  
0.168  
0.163  
0.158  
0.154  
0.150  
0.146  
0.142  
0.138  
0.134  
0.519  
0.502  
0.487  
0.471  
0.457  
0.443  
0.429  
0.415  
0.403  
0.390  
0.378  
0.367  
0.355  
0.345  
0.334  
0.324  
0.314  
0.305  
0.295  
0.287  
0.278  
0.270  
0.262  
0.254  
0.247  
0.239  
0.232  
0.226  
0.219  
0.213  
0.207  
0.201  
0.195  
0.189  
0.184  
0.179  
0.174  
0.169  
0.164  
0.160  
0.155  
0.151  
0.147  
0.143  
0.139  
0.135  
1,158  
1,118  
1,079  
1,041  
1,006  
971  
938  
906  
876  
836  
805  
775  
747  
719  
693  
669  
645  
623  
602  
583  
564  
547  
531  
516  
502  
489  
477  
466  
456  
446  
436  
427  
419  
410  
402  
393  
385  
376  
367  
357  
346  
335  
324  
312  
299  
285  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9  
3.705  
3.687  
3.668  
3.649  
3.629  
3.608  
3.586  
3.563  
3.539  
3.514  
3.489  
3.462  
3.434  
3.406  
3.376  
3.345  
3.313  
3.281  
3.247  
3.212  
3.177  
3.140  
3.103  
3.065  
3.025  
2.985  
2.945  
2.903  
2.860  
2.817  
2.774  
2.730  
2.685  
2.639  
2.593  
2.547  
2.500  
2.454  
2.407  
2.360  
2.312  
2.265  
2.217  
2.170  
2.123  
2.076  
2.029  
4.547  
4.520  
4.493  
4.464  
4.433  
4.402  
4.369  
4.335  
4.300  
4.264  
4.226  
4.187  
4.146  
4.104  
4.061  
4.017  
3.971  
3.924  
3.876  
3.827  
3.777  
3.725  
3.673  
3.619  
3.564  
3.509  
3.453  
3.396  
3.338  
3.279  
3.221  
3.161  
3.101  
3.041  
2.980  
2.919  
2.858  
2.797  
2.737  
2.675  
2.615  
2.554  
2.494  
2.434  
2.375  
2.316  
2.258  
100,260  
94,165  
88,480  
83,170  
78,125  
73,580  
69,250  
65,205  
61,420  
57,875  
54,555  
51,450  
48,536  
45,807  
43,247  
40,845  
38,592  
38,476  
34,489  
32,621  
30,866  
29,216  
27,633  
26,202  
24,827  
23,532  
22,313  
21,163  
20,079  
19,058  
18,094  
17,184  
16,325  
15,515  
14,749  
14,026  
13,342  
12,696  
12,085  
11,506  
10,959  
10,441  
9,949  
8  
7  
6  
5  
4  
3  
2  
1  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
9,485  
12  
9,044  
13  
8,627  
14  
8,231  
61  
Table 33A 10K Thermistor Temperatures (°F) vs Resistance/Voltage Drop  
(For Thermistor T10)  
TEMP  
(F)  
VOLTAGE  
DROP (V)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
TEMP  
(F)  
VOLTAGE  
DROP (V)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
TEMP  
(F)  
VOLTAGE  
DROP (V)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9  
8  
7  
6  
5  
4  
3  
2  
1  
0
4.758  
4.750  
4.741  
4.733  
4.724  
4.715  
4.705  
4.696  
4.686  
4.676  
4.665  
4.655  
4.644  
4.633  
4.621  
4.609  
4.597  
4.585  
4.572  
4.560  
4.546  
4.533  
4.519  
4.505  
4.490  
4.476  
4.461  
4.445  
4.429  
4.413  
4.397  
4.380  
4.363  
4.346  
4.328  
4.310  
4.292  
4.273  
4.254  
4.235  
4.215  
4.195  
4.174  
4.153  
4.132  
4.111  
4.089  
4.067  
4.044  
4.021  
3.998  
3.975  
3.951  
3.927  
3.903  
3.878  
3.853  
3.828  
3.802  
3.776  
3.750  
3.723  
3.697  
3.670  
3.654  
3.615  
3.587  
3.559  
3.531  
3.503  
3.474  
3.445  
3.416  
3.387  
3.357  
3.328  
3.298  
3.268  
3.238  
3.208  
3.178  
3.147  
3.117  
3.086  
3.056  
3.025  
196,453  
189,692  
183,300  
177,000  
171,079  
165,238  
159,717  
154,344  
149,194  
144,250  
139,443  
134,891  
130,402  
126,183  
122,018  
118,076  
114,236  
110,549  
107,006  
103,558  
100,287  
97,060  
94,020  
91,019  
88,171  
85,396  
82,729  
80,162  
77,662  
75,286  
72,940  
70,727  
68,542  
66,465  
64,439  
62,491  
60,612  
58,781  
57,039  
55,319  
53,693  
52,086  
50,557  
49,065  
47,627  
46,240  
44,888  
43,598  
42,324  
41,118  
39,926  
38,790  
37,681  
36,610  
35,577  
34,569  
33,606  
32,654  
31,752  
30,860  
30,009  
29,177  
28,373  
27,597  
26,838  
26,113  
25,396  
24,715  
24,042  
23,399  
22,770  
22,161  
21,573  
20,998  
20,447  
19,903  
19,386  
18,874  
18,384  
17,904  
17,441  
16,991  
16,552  
16,131  
15,714  
15,317  
61  
62  
2.994  
2.963  
2.932  
2.901  
2.870  
2.839  
2.808  
2.777  
2.746  
2.715  
2.684  
2.653  
2.622  
2.592  
2.561  
2.530  
2.500  
2.470  
2.439  
2.409  
2.379  
2.349  
2.319  
2.290  
2.260  
2.231  
2.202  
2.173  
2.144  
2.115  
2.087  
2.059  
2.030  
2.003  
1.975  
1.948  
1.921  
1.894  
1.867  
1.841  
1.815  
1.789  
1.763  
1.738  
1.713  
1.688  
1.663  
1.639  
1.615  
1.591  
1.567  
1.544  
1.521  
1.498  
1.475  
1.453  
1.431  
1.409  
1.387  
1.366  
1.345  
1.324  
1.304  
1.284  
1.264  
1.244  
1.225  
1.206  
1.187  
1.168  
1.150  
1.132  
1.114  
1.096  
1.079  
1.062  
1.045  
1.028  
1.012  
0.996  
0.980  
0.965  
0.949  
0.934  
0.919  
0.905  
14,925  
14,549  
14,180  
13,824  
13,478  
13,139  
12,814  
12,493  
12,187  
11,884  
11,593  
11,308  
11,031  
10,764  
10,501  
10,249  
10,000  
9,762  
9,526  
9,300  
9,078  
8,862  
8,653  
8,448  
8,251  
8,056  
7,869  
7,685  
7,507  
7,333  
7,165  
6,999  
6,838  
6,683  
6,530  
6,383  
6,238  
6,098  
5,961  
5,827  
5,698  
5,571  
5,449  
5,327  
5,210  
5,095  
4,984  
4,876  
4,769  
4,666  
4,564  
4,467  
4,370  
4,277  
4.185  
4,096  
4,008  
3,923  
3,840  
3,759  
3,681  
3,603  
3,529  
3,455  
3,383  
3,313  
3,244  
3,178  
3,112  
3,049  
2,986  
2,926  
2,866  
2,809  
2,752  
2,697  
2,643  
2,590  
2,539  
2,488  
2,439  
2,391  
2,343  
2,297  
2,253  
2,209  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
0.890  
0.876  
0.862  
0.848  
0.835  
0.821  
0.808  
0.795  
0.782  
0.770  
0.758  
0.745  
0.733  
0.722  
0.710  
0.699  
0.687  
0.676  
0.666  
0.655  
0.645  
0.634  
0.624  
0.614  
0.604  
0.595  
0.585  
0.576  
0.567  
0.558  
0.549  
0.540  
0.532  
0.523  
0.515  
0.507  
0.499  
0.491  
0.483  
0.476  
0.468  
0.461  
0.454  
0.447  
0.440  
0.433  
0.426  
0.419  
0.413  
0.407  
0.400  
0.394  
0.388  
0.382  
0.376  
0.370  
0.365  
0.359  
0.354  
0.349  
0.343  
0.338  
0.333  
0.328  
0.323  
0.318  
0.314  
0.309  
0.305  
0.300  
0.296  
0.292  
0.288  
0.284  
0.279  
0.275  
0.272  
0.268  
0.264  
2,166  
2,124  
2,083  
2,043  
2,003  
1,966  
1,928  
1,891  
1,855  
1,820  
1,786  
1,752  
1,719  
1,687  
1,656  
1,625  
1,594  
1,565  
1,536  
1,508  
1,480  
1,453  
1,426  
1,400  
1,375  
1,350  
1,326  
1,302  
1,278  
1,255  
1,233  
1,211  
1,190  
1,169  
1,148  
1,128  
1,108  
1,089  
1,070  
1,052  
1,033  
1,016  
998  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
1
87  
2
88  
3
89  
4
90  
5
91  
6
92  
7
93  
8
94  
9
95  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
981  
964  
947  
931  
915  
900  
885  
870  
855  
841  
827  
814  
800  
787  
774  
762  
749  
737  
725  
714  
702  
691  
680  
670  
659  
649  
639  
629  
620  
610  
601  
592  
583  
574  
566  
557  
62  
Table 33B 10K Thermistor Temperatures (°C) vs Resistance/Voltage Drop  
(For Thermistor T10)  
TEMP  
(C)  
VOLTAGE  
DROP (V)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
TEMP  
(C)  
VOLTAGE  
DROP (V)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
TEMP  
(C)  
VOLTAGE  
DROP (V)  
RESISTANCE  
(Ohms)  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9  
4.762  
4.748  
4.733  
4.716  
4.700  
4.682  
4.663  
4.644  
4.624  
4.602  
4.580  
4.557  
4.533  
4.508  
4.482  
4.455  
4.426  
4.397  
4.367  
4.335  
4.303  
4.269  
4.235  
4.199  
4.162  
4.124  
4.085  
4.044  
4.003  
3.961  
3.917  
3.873  
3.828  
3.781  
3.734  
3.686  
3.637  
3.587  
3,537  
3.485  
3.433  
3.381  
3.328  
3.274  
3.220  
3.165  
3.111  
200,510  
188,340  
177,000  
166,342  
156,404  
147,134  
138,482  
130,402  
122,807  
115,710  
109,075  
102,868  
97,060  
91,588  
86,463  
81,662  
77,162  
72,940  
68,957  
65,219  
61,711  
58,415  
55,319  
52,392  
49,640  
47,052  
44,617  
42,324  
40,153  
38,109  
36,182  
34,367  
32,654  
31,030  
29,498  
28,052  
26,686  
25,396  
24,171  
23,013  
21,918  
20,883  
19,903  
18,972  
18,090  
17,255  
16,474  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
3.056  
3.000  
2.944  
2.889  
2.833  
2.777  
2.721  
2.666  
2.610  
2.555  
2.500  
2.445  
2.391  
2.337  
2.284  
2.231  
2.178  
2.127  
2.075  
2.025  
1.975  
1.926  
1.878  
1.830  
1.784  
1.738  
1.692  
1.648  
1.605  
1.562  
1.521  
1.480  
1.439  
1.400  
1.362  
1.324  
1.288  
1.252  
1.217  
1.183  
1.150  
1.117  
1.086  
1.055  
1.025  
0.996  
0.968  
15,714  
15,000  
14,323  
13,681  
13,071  
12,493  
11,942  
11,418  
10,921  
10,449  
10,000  
9,571  
9,164  
8,776  
8,407  
8,056  
7,720  
7,401  
7,096  
6,806  
6,530  
6,266  
6,014  
5,774  
5,546  
5,327  
5,117  
4,918  
4,727  
4,544  
4,370  
4,203  
4,042  
3,889  
3,743  
3,603  
3,469  
3,340  
3,217  
3,099  
2,986  
2,878  
2,774  
2,675  
2,579  
2,488  
2,400  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
0.940  
0.913  
0.887  
0.862  
0.837  
0.813  
0.790  
0.767  
0.745  
0.724  
0.703  
0.683  
0.663  
0.645  
0.626  
0.608  
0.591  
0.574  
0.558  
0.542  
0.527  
0.512  
0.497  
0.483  
0.470  
0.457  
0.444  
0.431  
0.419  
0.408  
0.396  
0.386  
0.375  
0.365  
0.355  
0.345  
0.336  
0.327  
0.318  
0.310  
0.302  
0.294  
0.287  
0.279  
0.272  
0.265  
2,315  
2,235  
2,157  
2,083  
2,011  
1,943  
1,876  
1,813  
1,752  
1,693  
1,637  
1,582  
1,530  
1,480  
1,431  
1,385  
1,340  
1,297  
1,255  
1,215  
1,177  
1,140  
1,104  
1,070  
1,037  
1,005  
974  
8  
7  
6  
5  
944  
4  
915  
3  
889  
2  
861  
1  
836  
0
811  
1
787  
2
764  
3
742  
4
721  
5
700  
6
680  
7
661  
8
643  
9
626  
10  
609  
11  
592  
12  
576  
13  
561  
14  
63  
source is auxiliary control power, independent of main unit  
power. This assures compressor protection even when main  
unit power disconnect switch is off.  
Safety Devices Chillers contain many safety devices  
and protection logic built into electronic control. Following is a  
brief summary of major safeties.  
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION  
IMPORTANT: Never open any switch or disconnect  
that deenergizes crankcase heaters unless unit is being  
serviced or is to be shut down for a prolonged period.  
After a prolonged shutdown or service, energize crank-  
case heaters for 24 hours before starting unit.  
Circuit Breaker One manual-reset, calibrated-trip magnetic  
circuit breaker for each compressor protects against overcur-  
rent. Do not bypass or increase size of a breaker to correct  
problems. Determine cause for trouble and correct before  
resetting breaker. Circuit breaker must-trip amps (MTA) are  
listed on individual circuit breakers, and on unit label  
diagrams.  
30GTN,R and 30GUN,R070 (50 Hz), 080-110 and 230B-  
315B Compressor Protection Board (CPCS) The CPCS is  
used to control and protect compressors and crankcase heaters.  
Board provides following features:  
COOLER PROTECTION  
Freeze Protection Cooler can be wrapped with heater  
cables as shown in Fig. 34, which are wired through an ambi-  
ent temperature switch set at 36 F (2 C). Entire cooler is cov-  
ered with closed-cell insulation applied over heater cables.  
Heaters plus insulation protect cooler against low ambient tem-  
perature freeze-up to 0° F (18 C).  
compressor contactor control  
crankcase heater control  
IMPORTANT: If unit is installed in an area where ambi-  
ent temperatures fall below 32 F (0° C), it is recom-  
mended that inhibited ethylene glycol or other suitable  
corrosion-inhibitive antifreeze solution be used in  
chilled-liquid circuit.  
ground current protection  
status communication to processor board  
high-pressure protection  
One large relay is located on CPCS that controls crankcase  
heater and compressor contactor. In addition, this relay pro-  
vides a set of contacts that the microprocessor monitors to de-  
termine operating status of compressor. If the MBB determines  
that compressor is not operating properly through signal con-  
tacts, control locks compressor off.  
Low Fluid Temperature Main Base Board is programmed  
to shut chiller down if leaving fluid temperature drops below  
34 F (1.1 C) for water or more than 8° F (4.4° C) below set  
point for brine units. The unit will shut down without a  
pumpout. When fluid temperature rises to 6° F (3.3° C) above  
leaving fluid set point, safety resets and chiller restarts. Reset is  
automatic as long as this is the first occurrence.  
The CPCS contains logic that can detect if current-to-  
ground of any winding exceeds 2.5 amps; if so, compressor  
shuts down.  
A high-pressure switch with a trip pressure of 426 ± 7 psig  
(2936 ± 48 kPa) is mounted on each compressor; switch setting  
is shown in Table 34. Switch is wired in series with the CPCS.  
If switch opens, CPCS relay opens, processor detects it through  
signal contacts, and compressor locks off. A loss-of-charge  
switch is also wired in series with the high-pressure switch and  
CPCS.  
If any of these switches opens during operation, the com-  
pressor stops and the failure is detected by the MBB when sig-  
nal contacts open. If lead compressor in either circuit is shut  
down by high-pressure switch, ground current protector, loss of  
charge switch, or oil pressure switch, all compressors in the cir-  
cuit are locked off.  
Loss of Fluid Flow Protection Main Base Board contains  
internal logic that protects cooler against loss of cooler flow.  
Entering and leaving fluid temperature sensors in cooler detect  
a no-flow condition. Leaving sensor is located in leaving fluid  
nozzle and entering sensor is located in first cooler baffle space  
in close proximity to cooler tubes, as shown in Fig. 34. When  
there is no cooler flow and the compressors start, leaving fluid  
temperature does not change. However, entering fluid temper-  
ature drops rapidly as refrigerant enters cooler through EXV.  
Entering sensor detects this temperature drop and when enter-  
ing temperature is 3° F (1.6° C) below leaving temperature,  
unit stops and is locked off.  
Loss-of-Charge A pressure switch connected to high side  
of each refrigerant circuit protects against total loss-of-charge.  
Switch settings are listed in Table 34. If switch is open, unit  
cannot start; if it opens during operation, unit locks out and  
cannot restart until switch is closed. Low charge is also moni-  
tored by the processor when an EXV is used. The loss-of-  
charge switch is wired in series with the high-pressure switch  
on each circuits lead compressor.  
30GTN,R and 30GUN,R 130-210, 230A-315A and  
330A/B-420A/B A control relay in conjunction with a  
ground fault module replaces the function of the CPCS  
(above). To reset, press the push-button switch (near the Mar-  
quee display).  
Table 34 Pressure Switch Settings,  
psig (kPa)  
SWITCH  
CUTOUT  
CUT-IN  
High Pressure  
30GTN,R Units  
426  
7
320 20  
(2205 138)  
(2936 48)  
High Pressure  
30GUN,R Units  
280 10  
(1830 69)  
180 20  
(1240 138)  
Loss-of-Charge  
7 (48.2)  
22 (151.6)  
LOW OIL PRESSURE PROTECTION Lead compres-  
sor in each circuit is equipped with a switch to detect low oil  
pressure. Switch is connected directly to processor board.  
Switch is set to open at approximately 5 psig (35 kPa) and to  
close at 9 psig (62 kPa) maximum. If switch opens when  
compressor is running, CR or processor board stops all com-  
pressors in circuit. During start-up, switch is bypassed for  
2 minutes.  
LEGEND  
T Thermistor  
CRANKCASE HEATERS Each compressor has a 180-w  
crankcase heater to prevent absorption of liquid refrigerant by  
oil in crankcase when compressor is not running. Heater power  
Fig. 34 Cooler Heater Cables  
64  
heater has been energized for at least 24 hours. See Oil  
Charge section on page 53 for Carrier-approved oils.  
Relief Devices Fusible plugs are located in each cir-  
cuit to protect against damage from excessive pressures.  
7. Electrical power source must agree with unit nameplate.  
8. Crankcase heaters must be firmly locked into compres-  
sors, and must be on for 24 hours prior to start-up.  
9. Fan motors are 3 phase. Check rotation of fans during the  
service test. Fan rotation is clockwise as viewed from top  
of unit. If fan is not turning clockwise, reverse 2 of the  
power wires. For low noise fan option on 50 Hz chillers,  
fans rotate counterclockwise as viewed from top of unit.  
If fan is not turning counterclockwise, reverse 2 of the  
power wires.  
HIGH-SIDE PROTECTION One device is located  
between condenser and filter drier; a second is on filter drier.  
These are both designed to relieve pressure on a temperature  
rise to approximately 210 F (99 C).  
LOW-SIDE PROTECTION A device is located on suc-  
tion line and is designed to relieve pressure on a temperature  
rise to approximately 170 F (77 C).  
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES (208/230, 460, 575 v;  
60 Hz Units Only) Valves are installed in each circuit (one  
per circuit). The valves are designed to relieve at 450 psig  
(3103 kPa). These valves should not be capped. If a valve  
relieves, it should be replaced. If valve is not replaced, it may  
relieve at a lower pressure, or leak due to trapped dirt from the  
system which may prevent resealing.  
10. Check compressor suspension. Mounting rails must be  
floating freely on the springs.  
11. Perform service test to verify proper settings.  
3
The pressure relief valves are equipped with a /8-in. SAE  
flare for field connection. Some local building codes require  
that relieved gases be removed. This connection will allow  
conformance to this requirement.  
Other Safeties There are several other safeties that are  
provided by microprocessor control. For details refer to  
Alarms and Alerts section on page 48.  
PRE-START-UP  
IMPORTANT: Before beginning Pre-Start-Up or Start-  
Up, complete Start-Up Checklist for ComfortLink™  
Chiller Systems at end of this publication (page CL-1).  
The Checklist assures proper start-up of a unit, and  
provides a record of unit condition, application require-  
ments, system information, and operation at initial  
start-up.  
Do not attempt to start the chiller until following checks  
have been completed.  
System Check  
1. Check all auxiliary components, such as the chilled  
fluid circulating pump, air-handling equipment, or  
other equipment to which the chiller supplies liquid.  
Consult manufacturers instructions. If the unit  
has field-installed accessories, be sure all are properly  
installed and wired correctly. Refer to unit wiring  
diagrams.  
2. Backseat (open) compressor suction and discharge shut-  
off valves. Close valves one turn to allow refrigerant pres-  
sure to reach the test gages.  
3. Open liquid line service valves.  
4. Fill the chiller fluid circuit with clean water (with  
recommended inhibitor added) or other noncorrosive flu-  
id to be cooled. Bleed all air out of high points of system.  
An air vent is included with the cooler. If outdoor temper-  
atures are expected to be below 32 F (0° C), sufficient in-  
hibited ethylene glycol or other suitable corrosion-inhibit-  
ed antifreeze should be added to the chiller water circuit  
to prevent possible freeze-up.  
*Lead compressor only.  
Fig. 35 Compressor Connections  
(Lead Compressor Shown)  
5. Check tightness of all electrical connections.  
6. Oil should be visible in the compressor sight glass. See  
Fig. 35. An acceptable oil level in the compressor is from  
3
1/8 in. to /8 in. of sight glass. Adjust the oil level as re-  
quired. No oil should be removed unless the crankcase  
65  
Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage — Never operate a motor  
where a phase imbalance between phases is greater than 2%.  
To determine percent voltage imbalance:  
START-UP AND OPERATION  
NOTE: Refer to Start-Up Checklist on pages CL-1 to CL-8.  
Actual Start-Up Actual start-up should be done only  
max voltage deviation  
from avg voltage  
average voltage  
under supervision of a qualified refrigeration mechanic.  
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
1. Be sure all service valves are open. Units are shipped  
from factory with suction, discharge, and liquid line  
service valves closed.  
2. Using the Marquee display, set leaving-fluid set point  
(CSP.1 is Set Point mode under sub-mode COOL). No  
cooling range adjustment is necessary.  
3. If optional control functions or accessories are being  
used, the unit must be properly configured. Refer to Op-  
erating Data section for details.  
The maximum voltage deviation is the largest difference  
between a voltage measurement across 2 legs and the average  
across all 3 legs.  
Example: Supply voltage is 240-3-60.  
AB = 243 v  
BC = 236 v  
AC = 238 v  
4. Start chilled fluid pump.  
5. Turn ENABLE/OFF/REMOTE CONTACT switch to  
ENABLE position.  
6. Allow unit to operate and confirm that everything is func-  
tioning properly. Check to see that leaving fluid tempera-  
ture agrees with leaving set point (CSP.1 or CSP.2), or if  
reset is used, with the control point (CTPT) in the Run  
Status mode under the sub-mode VIEW.  
1. Determine average voltage:  
243 + 236 + 238  
Averagevoltage =  
3
717  
=
3
Operating Limitations  
=
239  
TEMPERATURES (See Table 35) If unit is to be used in  
an area with high solar radiation, mounted position should be  
such that control box is not exposed to direct solar radiation.  
Exposure to direct solar radiation could affect the temperature  
switch controlling cooler heaters.  
2. Determine maximum deviation from average voltage:  
(AB) 243 239 = 4 v  
(BC) 239 236 = 3 v  
(AC) 239 238 = 1 v  
Maximum deviation is 4 v.  
3. Determine percent voltage imbalance:  
Table 35 Temperature Limits for Standard Units  
TEMPERATURE  
F
125  
0
95  
70  
38  
C
52  
18  
35  
21  
3.3  
4
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x  
239  
Maximum Ambient Temperature  
Minimum Ambient Temperature  
Maximum Cooler EWT*  
Maximum Cooler LWT  
Minimum Cooler LWT†  
= 1.7%  
This voltage imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the  
maximum allowable of 2%.  
LEGEND  
EWT Entering Fluid (Water) Temperature  
LWT Leaving Fluid (Water) Temperature  
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is  
more than 2%, contact your local electric utility com-  
pany immediately. Do not operate unit until imbalance  
condition is corrected.  
*For sustained operation, EWT should not exceed 85 F (29.4 C).  
Unit requires modification below this temperature.  
Low-Ambient Operation If operating temperatures below  
0° F (18 C) are expected, refer to separate installation instruc-  
tions for low-ambient operation using accessory Motor-  
master® III control. Contact your Carrier representative for  
details.  
NOTE: Wind baffles and brackets must be field-fabricated for  
all units using accessory Motormaster III controls to ensure  
proper cooling cycle operation at low-ambient temperatures.  
See Installation Instructions shipped with the Motormaster III  
accessory for more details.  
Control Circuit Power Electronic control includes logic to  
detect low control circuit voltage. Acceptable voltage ranges  
are shown in the Installation Instructions.  
MINIMUM FLUID LOOP VOLUME To obtain proper  
temperature control, loop fluid volume must be at least 3 gal-  
lons per ton (3.25 L per kW) of chiller nominal capacity for air  
conditioning and at least 6 gallons per ton (6.5 L per kW) for  
process applications or systems that must operate at low ambi-  
ent temperatures (below 32 F [0° C]). Refer to application  
information in Product Data literature for details.  
FLOW RATE REQUIREMENTS Standard chillers  
should be applied with nominal flow rates approximating those  
listed in Table 36. Higher or lower flow rates are permissible to  
obtain lower or higher temperature rises. Minimum flow rates  
must be exceeded to assure turbulent flow and proper heat  
transfer in the cooler.  
Brine duty application (below 38 F [3.3 C] LCWT) for  
chiller normally requires factory modification. Contact  
your Carrier representative for applicable LCWT range for  
standard water-cooled chiller in a specific application.  
VOLTAGE  
Main Power Supply Minimum and maximum acceptable  
supply voltages are listed in the Installation Instructions.  
Operation below minimum flow rate could subject tubes to  
frost pinching in tube sheet, resulting in failure of cooler.  
66  
Consult application data section in the Product Data litera-  
ture and job design requirements to determine flow rate re-  
quirements for a particular installation.  
kept closed for 15 seconds by a time delay relay. The micropro-  
cessor stages fans to maintain the set point temperature speci-  
fied by the controller. There is no pumpout sequence during  
shutdown of TXV controlled chillers.  
On all other units (EXV units), the head pressure is con-  
trolled by fan cycling. The desired head pressure set point is  
entered, and is controlled by EXV position or saturated con-  
densing temperature measurement (T3 and T4). For proper op-  
eration, maintain set point of 113 F (45 C) as shipped from fac-  
tory. The default head pressure control method is set point con-  
trol. The head pressure control can also be set to EXV control  
or a combination of the 2 methods between circuits.  
For all units, if temperature reset is being used, the unit con-  
trols to a higher leaving-fluid temperature as the building load  
reduces. If demand limit is used, the unit may temporarily be  
unable to maintain the desired leaving-fluid temperature be-  
cause of imposed power limitations.  
On EXV units, when the occupied period ends, or when the  
building load drops low enough, the lag compressors shut  
down. The lead compressors continue to run as the EXV clos-  
es, and until the conditions of pumpout are satisfied. If a fault  
condition is signaled requiring immediate shutdown, pumpout  
is omitted.  
Table 36 Nominal and Minimum Cooler  
Fluid Flow Rates  
MINIMUM  
NOMINAL  
UNIT SIZE  
30GTN,R  
FLOW RATE  
(See Notes)  
FLOW RATE*  
AND 30GUN,R  
Gpm  
86  
L/s  
5.43  
Gpm  
L/s  
2.32  
2.38  
2.38  
3.00  
3.00  
4.20  
3.75  
5.30  
5.30  
6.9  
040  
045  
050  
060  
070  
36.8  
37.7  
37.7  
47.5  
47.5  
66.7  
59.5  
84.1  
84.1  
110  
101  
123  
151  
173  
192  
216  
240  
264  
300  
348  
6.37  
7.76  
9.53  
10.91  
12.11  
13.62  
15.14  
16.65  
18.9  
080,230B  
090,245B  
100,255B,270B  
110,290B,315B  
130  
150,230A-255A  
21.9  
110  
6.9  
170,270A,330A/B,  
360B (50 Hz)  
384  
24.2  
120  
7.5  
190,290A,360A/B (60 Hz),  
360A (50 Hz), 390B  
210,315A,390A,420A/B  
432  
480  
27.2  
30.2  
120  
148  
7.5  
9.3  
LEGEND  
Loading sequence for compressors is shown in Tables 5A  
and 5B.  
ARI  
Gpm  
L/s  
N
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute  
Gallons per minute (U.S.)  
Liters per second  
Liters per kW  
Refrigerant Circuit  
V
Gallons per ton  
LEAK TESTING Units are shipped with complete operat-  
ing charge of refrigerant R-22 for 30GTN,R and R-134a for  
30GUN,R (see Physical Data tables supplied in the chillers  
installation instructions) and should be under sufficient pres-  
sure to conduct a leak test. If there is no pressure in the system,  
introduce enough nitrogen to search for the leak. Repair the  
leak using good refrigeration practices. After leaks are  
repaired, system must be evacuated and dehydrated.  
REFRIGERANT CHARGE (Refer to Physical Data tables  
supplied in the chillers installation instructions) Immedi-  
ately ahead of filter drier in each circuit is a factory-installed  
liquid line service valve. Each valve has a 1/4-in. Schrader con-  
nection for charging liquid refrigerant.  
Charging with Unit Off and Evacuated Close liquid line  
service valve before charging. Weigh in charge shown on unit  
nameplate (also in Physical Data tables supplied in the chillers  
installation instructions). Open liquid line service valve; start  
unit and allow it to run several minutes fully loaded. Check for  
a clear sight glass. Be sure clear condition is liquid and not  
vapor.  
Charging with Unit Running If charge is to be added while  
unit is operating, all condenser fans and compressors must be  
operating. It may be necessary to block condenser coils at low  
ambient temperatures to raise condensing pressure to approxi-  
mately 280 psig (1931 kPa) to turn all condenser fans on. Do  
not totally block a coil to do this. Partially block all coils in uni-  
form pattern. Charge each circuit until sight glass shows clear  
liquid, then weigh in amount over a clear sight glass as listed  
in Physical data tables supplied in chillers installation  
instructions.  
*Nominal flow rates required at ARI conditions are 44 F (6.7 C) leaving-fluid  
temperature, 54 F (12.2 C) entering-fluid temperature, 95 F(35 C) ambient.  
Fouling factor is .00001 ft2 hr F/Btu (.000018 m2 K/W).  
NOTES:  
1. Minimum flow based on 1.0 fps (0.30 m/s) velocity in cooler without special  
cooler baffling.  
2. Minimum Loop Volumes:  
Gallons = V x ARI Cap. in tons  
Liters = N x ARI Cap. in kW  
APPLICATION  
Normal Air Conditioning  
Process Type Cooling  
V
3
N
3.25  
6.5 to 10.8  
6.5 to 10.8  
6 to 10  
6 to 10  
Low Ambient Unit Operation  
Operation Sequence During unit off cycle, crank-  
case heaters are energized. If ambient temperature is below  
36 F (2 C), cooler heaters (if equipped) are energized.  
The unit is started by putting the ENABLE/OFF/REMOTE  
CONTACT switch in ENABLE or REMOTE position. When  
the unit receives a call for cooling (either from the internal  
control or CCN network command or remote contact closure),  
the unit stages up in capacity to maintain the cooler fluid set  
point. The first compressor starts 11/2 to 3 minutes after the call  
for cooling.  
The lead circuit can be specifically designated or randomly  
selected by the controls, depending on how the unit is field  
configured (for 040-070 sizes, Circuit A leads unless an  
accessory unloader is installed on Circuit B). A field configura-  
tion is also available to determine if the unit should stage up  
both circuits equally or load one circuit completely before  
bringing on the other.  
When the lead circuit compressor starts, the unit starts with  
a pumpout routine. On units with the electronic expansion  
valve (EXV), compressor starts and continues to run with the  
EXV at minimum position for 10 seconds to purge the refriger-  
ant lines and cooler of refrigerant. The EXV then moves to  
23% and the compressor superheat control routine takes over,  
modulating the valve to feed refrigerant into the cooler.  
IMPORTANT: When adjusting refrigerant charge, circu-  
late fluid through cooler continuously to prevent freez-  
ing and possible damage to the cooler. Do not  
overcharge, and never charge liquid into low-pressure  
side of system.  
On units with thermostatic expansion valve (TXV)  
(30GTN,R and 30GUN,R 040,045 units with brine option),  
head pressure control is based on set point control. When the  
lead compressor starts, the liquid line solenoid valve (LLSV) is  
FIELD WIRING  
Field wiring is shown in Fig. 36-41.  
67  
LEGEND FOR FIG. 36-41  
ALM  
Alarm  
CWFS Chilled Water Flow Switch  
CWP  
CWPI  
CXB  
Chilled Water Pump  
Chilled Water Pump Interlock  
Compressor Expansion Board  
HGBPS Hot Gas Bypass Switch  
LWT  
MBB  
OAT  
SPT  
SW  
Leaving Fluid Temperature  
Main Base Board  
Outdoor-Air Temperature Sensor  
Remote Space Temperature Sensor  
Switch  
TB  
Terminal Block  
UL  
Unloader  
Field Supplied Wiring  
Factory Wiring  
TB5  
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
10  
9
ORN  
10  
9
TB5  
1
CWPI  
CWFS  
ORN  
RED  
SPT ACCESSORY  
T10  
TB5  
14  
TB5  
13  
TB5  
TB5  
TB5  
8
7
BLU  
BLU  
PNK  
PNK  
5
6
REMOTE  
ON-OFF SWITCH  
MBB,  
8
RED  
A
PLUG J8  
REMOTE  
CONTACT  
MBB,  
PLUG J7  
6
7
8
9
T9  
7
8
SW1  
ENABLE  
OFF  
RED  
RED  
GRA  
GRA  
7
C
TB5  
B
RED  
OAT ACCESSORY OR  
DUAL CHILLER LWT.  
(MASTER CHILLER)  
6
5
4
6
TB5  
TB5  
DUAL SETPOINT  
5
3
Fig. 36 Accessory Sensor  
Control Wiring  
Fig. 37 Control Wiring (24 V)  
MAIN BASE BOARD  
PLUG  
J10A  
1
1
2
3
4
2
3
HGBPS-A  
TB5  
9
K11  
TB5  
VIO  
VIO  
12  
12  
GRA  
GRA  
BLK  
HGBPS-B  
TB5  
GRA  
HGBPS-B  
4
GRA  
Fig. 38 Hot Gas Bypass Control Wiring (115 V, 230 V)  
68  
2
3
15  
16  
TB5  
11  
K7  
ALM  
R
TB5  
12  
BLK  
BLK  
MAX LOAD-75VA SEALED  
360VA INRUSH  
4
17  
18  
19  
MBB  
5
TB5  
10  
K8  
6
CWP  
R
VIO  
TB5  
12  
PLUG  
J10B  
MAX LOAD-75VA SEALED  
360VA INRUSH  
Fig. 39 Chilled Water Pump Control Wiring and Remote Alarm 115 V Relay Wiring  
EMM, PLUG J6  
EMM, PLUG J7  
12 11 10  
12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
14  
13 12  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
14 13 12 11 10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
BRN  
BLU  
RED  
GRA  
ORN  
VIO  
PNK  
BLU  
14  
RED  
GRA  
TB6  
5
2
1
3
TB6 15  
9
13  
12 10  
+
+
+
-
-
-
4.20 MA  
SIGNAL  
GENERATOR  
4.20 MA  
SIGNAL  
GENERATOR  
4.20 MA  
SIGNAL  
GENERATOR  
TEMPERATURE  
RESET  
COOLING  
SETPOINT  
DEMAND  
LIMIT  
FIELD SUPPLIED  
DRY CONTACTS 24V  
Fig. 40 Energy Management Module (EMM) Wiring  
69  
CXB ACCESSORY  
UL-A2  
CXB ACCESSORY  
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
GND  
BLK  
J4  
J6  
WHT  
RED  
CXB  
BOARD  
UL-B2  
115V/  
230V  
7
8
24V  
7
8
Fig. 41 Compressor Expansion Board (CXB) Accessory Wiring  
70  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES  
UNIT (Configuration Settings)  
STATUS  
DESCRIPTION  
Unit Type  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT  
UNIT_TYP  
1
1 = Air Cooled  
2 = Water Cooled  
3 = Split System  
4 = Heat Machine  
5 = Air Cooled Heat Reclaim  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Unit Size  
20 to 300  
0 to 100  
1 to 4  
4 or 6  
1 to 4  
4 or 6  
No/Yes  
10 to 40  
*
*
*
*
*
*
TONS  
%
SIZE  
CAP_A  
Circuit A1% Capacity  
Number Circ A Compressor  
Compressor A1 Cylinders  
Number Circ B Compressor  
Compressor B1 Cylinders  
EXV Module Installed  
EXV Superheat Setpoint  
NUMCA  
NUM_CYLA  
NUMCB  
NUM_CYLB  
EXV_BRD  
SH_SP  
Yes  
29.0 (30GTN,R)  
23.0 (30GUN,R)  
^F  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
EXV MOP  
40 to 80  
20 to 20  
0 to 100  
0 to 100  
1 = R22  
2 = R134A  
50.0  
0.0  
8.0  
°F  
^F  
%
MOP_SP  
EXV Superheat Offset  
EXV Circ. A Min Position  
EXV Circ. B Min Position  
Refrigerant  
SH_OFFST  
EXVAMINP  
EXVBMINP  
REFRIG_T  
8.0  
%
1 (30GTN,R)  
2 (30GUN,R)  
15  
16  
Low Pressure Setpoint  
Fan Staging Select  
3 to 60  
10.0  
*
PSI  
LOW_PRES  
FAN_TYPE  
1 = 2 Stage indpt.  
2 = 3 Stage indpt.  
3 = 2 Stage common  
4 = 3 Stage common  
OPTIONS1 (Options Configuration)  
DESCRIPTION  
STATUS  
DEFAULT  
POINT  
1
Cooler Fluid  
1 = Water  
2 = Med. Brine  
3 = Low Brine  
1
FLUIDTYP  
2
3
Hot Gas Bypass Select  
Head Press. Cont. Method  
No/Yes  
1 = EXV controlled  
2 = Setpoint control  
3 = Setpoint-A, EXV-B  
4 = EXV-A, Setpoint-B  
No  
2
HGBV_FLG  
HEAD_MET  
4
Head Press. Control Type  
0 = None  
1 = Air Cooled  
2 = Water Cooled  
1
HEAD_TYP  
5
6
8
9
Motormaster Select  
No/Yes  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
0 = No control  
1 = On with Mode  
2 = On with Compressors  
No  
Off  
Off  
Off  
0
MTR_TYPE  
PRESS_TY  
CPC  
CND_LOCK  
CNPC  
Pressure Transducers  
Cooler Pump Control  
Condenser Pump Interlock  
Condenser Pump Control  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
Condenser Fluid Sensors  
No. Circuit A Unloaders  
No. Circuit B Unloaders  
EMM Module Installed  
No/Yes  
0-2  
0-2  
No  
*
*
CD_TEMP  
NUNLA  
NUNLB  
No/Yes  
No  
EMM_BRD  
*Unit size dependent.  
71  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES (cont)  
CONFIGURATION SCREEN (TYPE 10)  
OPTIONS2 (Options Configuration)  
STATUS  
DESCRIPTION  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT  
1
Control Method  
0 = Switch  
0
CONTROL  
1 = 7 day sched.  
2 = Occupancy  
3 = CCN  
2
3
Loading Sequence Select  
Lead/Lag Circuit Select  
1 = Equal loading  
2 = Staged loading  
1 = Automatic  
2 = Circuit A leads  
3 = Circuit B leads  
1
*
SEQ_TYPE  
LEAD_TYP  
4
Cooling Setpoint Select  
0 = Single  
0
CLSP_TYP  
1 = Dual, remote switch controlled  
2 = Dual, 7-day occupancy  
3 = Dual CCN occupancy  
4 = 4-20 mA input  
5 = External POT  
5
Heating Setpoint Select  
0 = Single  
0
HTSP_TYP  
1 = Dual, remote switch controlled  
2 = Dual, 7 day occupancy  
3 = Dual CCN occupancy  
4 = 4-20 mA input  
6
7
8
Ramp Load Select  
Heat Cool Select  
High LCW Alert Limit  
Minutes off time  
Enable/Disable  
Cool/Heat  
2 to 60  
Disable  
Cool  
60.0  
0
RAMP_EBL  
HEATCOOL  
LCW_LMT  
DELAY  
^F  
min  
9
0 to 15  
10  
11  
Deadband Multiplier  
Ice Mode Enable  
1.0 to 4.0  
Enable/Disable  
1.0  
Disable  
Z_GAIN  
ICE_CNFG  
DISPLAY (STDU SETUP)  
DESCRIPTION  
Service Password  
Password Enable  
Metric Display  
STATUS  
nnnn  
Enable/Disable  
Off/On  
DEFAULT  
1111  
Enable  
Off  
UNITS  
POINT  
1
2
3
4
PASSWORD  
PASS_EBL  
DISPUNIT  
LANGUAGE  
Language Selection  
0 = ENGLISH  
0
1 = FRANCAIS  
2 = ESPANOL  
3 = PORTUGUES  
SCHEDOVR (TIMED OVERRIDE SETUP)  
DESCRIPTION  
Schedule Number  
Override Time Limit  
Timed Override Hours  
Timed Override  
STATUS  
0-99  
0-4  
0-4  
Yes/No  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT  
SCHEDNUM  
OTL  
OTL_EXT  
TIMEOVER  
1
2
3
4
0
0
0
hours  
hours  
No  
ALARMDEF (Alarm Definition Table)  
DESCRIPTION  
Alarm Routing Control  
Equipment Priority  
Comm Failure Retry Time  
Re-alarm Time  
STATUS  
00000000  
0 to 7  
1 to 240  
1 to 255  
DEFAULT  
00000000  
4
10  
30  
Chiller  
UNITS  
POINT  
1
2
3
4
5
ALRM_CNT  
EQP_TYPE  
RETRY_TM  
RE-ALARM  
ALRM_NAM  
min  
min  
Alarm System Name  
XXXXXXXX  
*Unit size dependent.  
72  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES (cont)  
RESETCON (Temperature Reset and Demand Limit)  
DESCRIPTION  
COOLING RESET  
Cooling Reset Type  
STATUS  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT  
1
2
0 = No Reset  
0
CRST_TYP  
1 = 4-20 ma input  
2 = External temp-OAT  
3 = Return fluid  
4 = External temp-SPT  
3
4
5
6
7
8
No Cool Reset Temp  
Full Cool Reset Temp  
Degrees Cool Reset  
0 to 125  
0 to 125  
30 to 30  
125.0  
0.0  
0.0  
°F  
°F  
^F  
CT_NO  
CT_FULL  
CT_DEG  
HEATING RESET  
Heating Reset Type  
0 = No Reset  
1 = 4-20 ma input  
0
HRST_TYP  
2 = External temp OAT  
3 = Return fluid  
4 = External temp SPT  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
No Heat Reset Temp  
Full Heat Reset Temp  
Degrees Heat Reset  
0 to 125  
0 to 125  
30 to 30  
0.0  
125.0  
0.0  
HT_NO  
HT_FULL  
HT_DEG  
%
min  
DEMAND LIMIT  
Demand Limit Select  
0 = None  
0
DMD_CTRL  
1 = External switch input  
2 = 4-20 ma input  
3 = Loadshed  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
Demand Limit at 20 mA  
Loadshed Group Number  
Loadshed Demand Delta  
Maximum Loadshed Time  
Demand Limit Switch 1  
Demand Limit Switch 2  
0 to 100  
0 to 99  
0 to 60  
0 to 120  
0 to 100  
0 to 100  
100  
0
0
60  
80  
50  
%
DMT20MA  
SHED_NUM  
SHED_DEL  
SHED_TIM  
DLSWSP1  
DLSWSP2  
%
min  
%
%
LEAD/LAG  
Lead/Lag Chiller Enable  
Master/Slave Select  
Slave Address  
Lead/Lag Balance Select  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Delay  
Enable/Disable  
Slave/Master  
0 to 239  
Enable/Disable  
40 to 400  
Disable  
Master  
0
Disable  
168  
LL_ENA  
MS_SEL  
SLV_ADDR  
LL_BAL  
LL_BAL_D  
LL_DELAY  
hours  
mins  
0 to 30  
5
BRODEFS (Broadcast POC Definition Table)  
DESCRIPTION  
CCN Time/Date Broadcast  
CCN OAT Broadcast  
Global Schedule Broadcast  
CCN Broadcast Acker  
Daylight Savings Start  
Month  
Week  
Day  
Minutes to add  
Daylight Savings Stop  
Month  
STATUS  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
Yes/No  
DEFAULT  
UNITS  
POINT  
CCNBC  
OATBC  
GSBC  
CCNBCACK  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
No  
No  
No  
No  
1 to 12  
1 to 5  
1 to 7  
4
1
7
STARTM  
STARTW  
STARTD  
MINADD  
0 to 99  
60  
min  
min  
1 to 12  
1 to 5  
1 to 7  
10  
5
7
STOPM  
STOPW  
STOPD  
MINSUB  
Week  
Day  
Minutes to subtract  
0 to 99  
60  
73  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES (cont)  
A_UNIT (General Unit Parameters)  
DESCRIPTION  
Control Mode  
STATUS  
0 = Service  
UNITS  
POINT  
STAT  
FORCEABLE  
1
N
1 = OFF - local  
2 = OFF-CCN  
3 = OFF-time  
4 = Emergency  
5 = ON-local  
6 = ON-CCN  
7 = ON-time  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
Occupied  
CCN Chiller  
Alarm State  
Active Demand Limit  
Override Modes in Effect  
Percent Total Capacity  
Requested Stage  
Active Setpoint  
Yes/No  
Start/Stop  
Normal  
0-100  
Yes/No  
0-100  
OCC  
CHIL_S_S  
ALM  
DEM_LIM  
MODE  
CAP_T  
STAGE  
SP  
CTRL_PNT  
EWT  
LWT  
EMSTOP  
MIN_LEFT  
HEATCOOL  
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
%
%
nn  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
Enable/Emstop  
nn  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
Control Point  
Entering Fluid Temp  
Leaving Fluid Temp  
Emergency Stop  
Minutes Left for Start  
Heat Cool Select  
min  
Heat/Cool  
CIRCA_AN (Circuit A Analog Parameters)  
DESCRIPTION  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
FORCEABLE  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Circuit A Analog Values  
Percent Total Capacity  
Percent Available Cap  
Discharge Pressure  
0-100  
0-100  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
0-100.0  
%
%
CAPA_T  
CAPA_A  
DP_A  
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PSI  
PSI  
°F  
°F  
°F  
^F  
%
Suction Pressure  
SP_A  
Saturated Condensing Tmp  
Saturated Suction Temp  
Compressor Suction Temp  
Suction Superheat Temp  
EXV % Open  
TMP_SCTA  
TMP_SSTA  
CTA_TMP  
SH_A  
10  
EXV_A  
CIRCA_DIO (Circuit A Discrete Parameters)  
DESCRIPTION  
CIRC. A DISCRETE OUTPUTS  
Compressor A1 Relay  
Compressor A2 Relay  
Compressor A3 Relay  
Compressor A4 Relay  
Unloader A1 Relay  
Unloader A2 Relay  
Liq. Line Solenoid Valve  
Hot Gas Bypass Relay  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
FORCEABLE  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
OPEN/CLOSE  
ON/OFF  
K_A1_RLY  
K_A2_RLY  
K_A3_RLY  
K_A4_RLY  
UNL_A1  
UNL_A2  
LLSV_A  
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
HGB  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
CIRC. A DISCRETE INPUTS  
Compressor A1 Feeback  
Compressor A2 Feedback  
Compressor A3 Feedback  
Compressor A4 Feedback  
Oil Pressure Switch A  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
OPEN/CLOSE  
OPEN/CLOSE  
K_A1_FBK  
K_A2_FBK  
K_A3_FBK  
K_A4_FBK  
OILSW_A  
LPS_A  
N
N
N
N
N
N
Low Pressure Switch A  
74  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES (cont)  
CIRCB_AN (Circuit B Analog Parameters)  
DESCRIPTION  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
FORCEABLE  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Circuit B Analog Values  
Percent Total Capacity  
Percent Available Cap  
Discharge Pressure  
0-100  
0-100  
nnn.n  
nnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
0-100.0  
%
%
CAPB_T  
CAPB_A  
DP_B  
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PSI  
PSI  
°F  
°F  
°F  
^F  
%
Suction Pressure  
SP_B  
Saturated Condensing Tmp  
Saturated Suction Temp  
Compressor Suction Temp  
Suction Superheat Temp  
EXV % Open  
TMP_SCTB  
TMP_SSTB  
CTB_TMP  
SH_B  
10  
EXV_B  
CIRCBDIO (Circuit B Discrete Parameters)  
DESCRIPTION  
CIRC. B DISCRETE OUTPUTS  
Compressor B1 Relay  
Compressor B2 Relay  
Compressor B3 Relay  
Compressor B4 Relay  
Unloader B1 Relay  
Unloader B2 Relay  
Liq. Line Solenoid Valve  
Hot Gas Bypass Relay  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
FORCEABLE  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ON/OFF  
K_B1_RLY  
K_B2_RLY  
K_B3_RLY  
K_B4_RLY  
UNL_B1  
UNL_B2  
LLSV_B  
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
HGB  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
CIRC. B DISCRETE INPUTS  
Compressor B1 Feedback  
Compressor B2 Feedback  
Compressor B3 Feedback  
Compressor B4 Feedback  
Oil Pressure Switch B  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
OPEN/CLOSE  
OPEN/CLOSE  
K_B1_FBK  
K_B2_FBK  
K_B3_FBK  
K_B4_FBK  
OILSW_B  
LPS_B  
N
N
N
N
N
N
Low Pressure Switch B  
75  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES (cont)  
OPTIONS (Unit Parameters)  
DESCRIPTION  
FANS  
Fan 1 Relay  
Fan 2 Relay  
Fan 3 Relay  
Fan 4 Relay  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
FAN_1  
FAN_2  
FAN_3  
FAN_4  
FORCEABLE  
1
2
3
4
5
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
N
N
N
N
6
7
8
9
UNIT ANALOG VALUES  
Cooler Entering Fluid  
Cooler Leaving Fluid  
Condensing Entering Fluid  
Condenser Leaving Fluid  
Lead/Lag Leaving Fluid  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
COOL_EWT  
COOL_LWT  
COND_EWT  
COND_LWT  
DUAL_LWT  
N
N
N
N
N
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
TEMPERATURE RESET  
4-20 mA Reset Signal  
Outside Air Temperature  
Space Temperature  
nn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
mA  
°F  
°F  
RST_MA  
OAT  
SPT  
N
Y
Y
DEMAND LIMIT  
4-20 mA Demand Signal  
Demand Limit Switch 1  
Demand Limit Switch 2  
CCN Loadshed Signal  
n.nn  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
0 = Normal  
1 = Redline  
2 = Shed  
LMT_MA  
N
N
N
N
DMD_SW1  
DMD_SW2  
OL_STAT  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
PUMPS  
Cooler Pump Relay  
Condenser Pump Relay  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
COOL_PMP  
COND_PMP  
N
MISCELLANEOUS  
Dual Setpoint Switch  
Cooler LWT Setpoint  
Cooler Flow Switch  
Condenser Flow Switch  
Ice Done  
ON/OFF  
snn.n  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
DUAL_IN  
LWR_SP  
COOLFLOW  
CONDFLOW  
ICE  
N
N
N
N
N
°F  
76  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES (cont)  
STRTHOUR  
DESCRIPTION  
Machine Operating Hours  
Machine Starts  
STATUS  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
UNITS  
hours  
POINT  
HR_MACH  
CY_MACH  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Circuit A Run Hours  
Compressor A1 Hours  
Compressor A2 Hours  
Compressor A3 Hours  
Compressor A4 Hours  
Circuit B Run Hours  
Compressor B1 Hours  
Compressor B2 Hours  
Compressor B3 Hours  
Compressor B4 Hours  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
hours  
HR_CIRA  
HR_A1  
HR_A2  
HR_A3  
HR_A4  
HR_CIRB  
HR_B1  
HR_B2  
HR_B3  
HR_B4  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
Circuit A Starts  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
nnnnn  
CY_CIRA  
CY_A1  
CY_A2  
CY_A3  
CY_A4  
CY_CIRB  
CY_B1  
CY_B2  
CY_B3  
CY_B4  
Compressor A1 Starts  
Compressor A2 Starts  
Compressor A3 Starts  
Compressor A4 Starts  
Circuit B Starts  
Compressor B1 Starts  
Compressor B2 Starts  
Compressor B3 Starts  
Compressor B4 Starts  
ALARMS  
DESCRIPTION  
Active Alarm #1  
Active Alarm #2  
Active Alarm #3  
Active Alarm #4  
Active Alarm #5  
Active Alarm #6  
Active Alarm #7  
Active Alarm #8  
Active Alarm #9  
Active Alarm #10  
Active Alarm #11  
Active Alarm #12  
Active Alarm #13  
Active Alarm #14  
Active Alarm #15  
Active Alarm #16  
Active Alarm #17  
Active Alarm #18  
Active Alarm #19  
Active Alarm #20  
Active Alarm #21  
Active Alarm #22  
Active Alarm #23  
Active Alarm #24  
Active Alarm #25  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
Axxx or Txxx  
ALARM01C  
ALARM02C  
ALARM03C  
ALARM04C  
ALARM05C  
ALARM06C  
ALARM07C  
ALARM08C  
ALARM09C  
ALARM10C  
ALARM11C  
ALARM12C  
ALARM13C  
ALARM14C  
ALARM15C  
ALARM16C  
ALARM17C  
ALARM18C  
ALARM19C  
ALARM20C  
ALARM21C  
ALARM22C  
ALARM23C  
ALARM24C  
ALARM25C  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
NOTE: Alerts will displayed as Txxx.  
77  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES (cont)  
CURRMODS  
DESCRIPTION  
STATUS  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
ON/OFF  
UNITS  
POINT  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
FSM controlling chiller  
WSM controlling chiller  
Master/Slave control  
Low source protection  
Ramp Load Limited  
Timed Override in effect  
Low Cooler Suction TempA  
Low Cooler Suction TempB  
Slow Change Override  
Minimum OFF Time  
Low Suction Superheat A  
Low Suction Superheat B  
Dual Setpoint  
MODE_1  
MODE_2  
MODE_3  
MODE_4  
MODE_5  
MODE_6  
MODE_7  
MODE_8  
MODE_9  
MODE_10  
MODE_11  
MODE_12  
MODE_13  
MODE_14  
MODE_15  
MODE_16  
MODE_17  
MODE_18  
MODE_19  
MODE_20  
MODE_21  
MODE_22  
Temperature Reset  
Demand Limit in effect  
Cooler Freeze Prevention  
Lo Tmp Cool/Hi Tmp Heat  
Hi Tmp Cool/Lo Tmp Heat  
Making Ice  
Storing Ice  
High SCT Circuit A  
High SCT Circuit B  
SETPOINT  
DESCRIPTION  
COOLING  
Cool Setpoint 1  
Cool Setpoint 2  
Ice Setpoint  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
DEFAULTS  
1
2
3
20 to 70  
20 to 70  
20 to 32  
°F  
°F  
°F  
CSP1  
CSP2  
CSP3  
44  
44  
32  
4
5
6
HEATING  
7
8
Heat Setpoint 1  
Heat Setpoint 2  
80 to 140  
80 to 140  
°F  
°F  
HSP1  
HSP2  
100  
100  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
RAMP LOADING  
Cooling Ramp Loading  
Heating Ramp Loading  
0.2 to 2.0  
0.2 to 2.0  
°F/min  
°F/min  
CRAMP  
HRAMP  
1.0  
1.0  
HEAD PRESSURE  
Head Pressure Setpoint A  
Head Pressure Setpoint B  
80 to 140  
80 to 140  
°F  
°F  
HSP_A  
HSP_B  
113  
113  
LOADFACT  
DESCRIPTION  
CAPACITY CONTROL  
Load/Unload Factor  
Control Point  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
1
2
3
4
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
snnn.n  
%
°F  
°F  
SMZ  
CTRL_PNT  
LWT  
Leaving Water Temp  
VERSIONS  
DESCRIPTION  
MBB  
STATUS  
UNITS  
POINT  
1
2
3
4
5
6
CESR-131170 nn-nn  
CESR-131172 nn-nn  
CESR131173- nn-nn  
CESR131174- nn-nn  
CESR131171- nn-nn  
CESR131227- nn-nn  
EXV  
CXB  
EMM  
MARQ  
NAV  
78  
APPENDIX A CCN TABLES (cont)  
CSM/FSM EQUIPMENT TABLE (Type 621H, Block 2)  
LINE  
1
DESCRIPTION  
Chiller Status  
0 = Chiller is off  
1 = Valid run state in CCN mode  
2 = Recycle active  
POINT  
CHILSTAT  
3 = Chiller is in Local Mode  
4 = Power Fail Restart in Progress  
5 = Shutdown due to fault  
6 = Communication Failure  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Lag Status  
LAGSTAT  
CAP_T  
HR_MACH  
Percent Total Capacity Running  
Service Runtime  
unused  
unused  
unused  
Power Fail Auto Restart  
Percent Available Capacity On  
ASTART  
CAP_A  
WSM EQUIPMENT PART COOL SOURCE MAINTENANCE TABLE  
SUPERVISOR MAINTENANCE TABLE  
DESCRIPTION  
STATUS  
POINT  
WSM Active?  
Yes  
snn.n °F  
On  
Enable/Disable/None  
nn.n^F  
snn.n °F  
WSMSTAT  
CHWTEMP  
CHLRST  
CHLRENA  
CHWRVAL  
CHWSTPT  
Chilled water temp  
Equipment status  
Commanded state  
CHW setpoint reset value  
Current CHW setpoint  
OCCUPANCY MAINTENANCE TABLE  
OCCUPANCY SUPERVISORY  
DESCRIPTION  
STATUS  
0,1  
0-8  
Yes/No  
0-4 hours  
hh:mm  
hh:mm  
POINT  
MODE  
PER-NO  
Current Mode (1=Occup.)  
Current Occup. Period #  
Timed-Override in Effect  
Time-Override Duration  
Current Occupied Time  
Current Unoccupied Time  
Next Occupied Day  
OVERLAST  
OVR_HRS  
STRTTIME  
ENDTIME  
NXTOCDAY  
NXTOCTIM  
NXTUNDAY  
NXTUNTIM  
NXTUNDAY  
PRVUNTIM  
Next Occupied Time  
hh:mm  
hh:mm  
Next Unoccupied Day  
Next Unoccupied Time  
Previous Unoccupied Day  
Previous Unoccupied Time  
hh:mm  
79  
APPENDIX B FLUID DROP PRESSURE CURVES  
Cooler Fluid Pressure Drop Curves 30GUN,GUR040-110  
ENGLISH AND SI  
LEGEND  
040  
045,050  
NOTE: Ft of water = 2.31 x change in psig.  
80  
APPENDIX B FLUID DROP PRESSURE CURVES (cont)  
Cooler Fluid Pressure Drop Curves 30GUN,GUR130-210  
ENGLISH  
SI  
COOLER PRESSURE DROP KEY  
1 30GUN,GUR130,150  
2 30GUN,GUR170,190  
3 30GUN,GUR210  
NOTE: Ft of water = 2.31 x change in psig.  
81  
APPENDIX B FLUID DROP PRESSURE CURVES (cont)  
Cooler Fluid Pressure Drop Curves 30GUN,GUR230A-255A, 270A/B-420A/B  
ENGLISH  
SI  
COOLER PRESSURE DROP KEY  
1 Module B 30GUN,GUR270  
2 Module A 30GUN,GUR230-255  
3 Module A 30GUN,GUR270,330  
Module B 30GUN,GUR330,360 (50 Hz)  
4 Module A 30GUN,GUR290,315,360 (50 or 60 Hz), 390, and 420  
Module B 30GUN,GUR360 (60 Hz), 390, and 420  
82  
APPENDIX B FLUID DROP PRESSURE CURVES (cont)  
Cooler Fluid Pressure Drop Curves 30GUN,GUR230B-315B  
ENGLISH AND SI  
COOLER PRESSURE DROP KEY  
1 Module B 30GUN,GUR230,245  
2 Module B 30GUN,GUR255,290,315  
NOTE: Ft of water = 2.31 x change in psig.  
83  
APPENDIX B FLUID DROP PRESSURE CURVES (cont)  
Cooler Fluid Pressure Drop Curves 30GTN,GTR040-110  
ENGLISH AND SI  
LEGEND  
040  
045,050  
NOTE: Ft of water = 2.31 x change in psig.  
84  
APPENDIX B FLUID DROP PRESSURE CURVES (cont)  
Cooler Fluid Pressure Drop Curves 30GTN,GTR130-210  
ENGLISH  
SI  
COOLER PRESSURE DROP KEY  
1 30GTN,GTR130,150  
2 30GTN,GTR170,190  
3 30GTN,GTR210  
NOTE: Ft of water = 2.31 x change in psig.  
85  
APPENDIX B FLUID DROP PRESSURE CURVES (cont)  
Cooler Fluid Pressure Drop Curves 30GTN,GTR230A-420A, 270B, 330B-420B  
ENGLISH  
SI  
COOLER PRESSURE DROP KEY  
1 Module B 30GTN,GTR270  
2 Module A 30GTN,GTR230-255  
3 Module A 30GTN,GTR270,330  
Module B 30GTN,GTR330,360 (50 Hz)  
4 Module A 30GTN,GTR290,315,360 (50 or 60 Hz), 390, and 420  
Module B 30GTN,GTR360 (60 Hz), 390, and 420  
86  
APPENDIX B FLUID DROP PRESSURE CURVES (cont)  
Cooler Fluid Pressure Drop Curves 30GTN,GTR230B, 245B, 255B, 290B, 315B  
ENGLISH AND SI  
COOLER PRESSURE DROP KEY  
1 Module B 30GTN,GTR230,245  
2 Module B 30GTN,GTR255,290,315  
NOTE: Ft of water = 2.31 x change in psig.  
87  
SERVICE TRAINING  
Packaged Service Training programs are an excellent way to increase your knowledge of the equipment  
discussed in this manual, including:  
Unit Familiarization  
Installation Overview  
Maintenance  
Operating Sequence  
A large selection of product, theory, and skills programs are available, using popular video-based  
formats and materials. All include video and/or slides, plus companion book.  
Classroom Service Training which includes hands-onexperience with the products in our labs can  
mean increased confidence that really pays dividends in faster troubleshooting and fewer callbacks. Course  
descriptions and schedules are in our catalog.  
CALL FOR FREE CATALOG 1-800-962-9212  
[
] Packaged Service Training  
[
] Classroom Service Training  
Copyright 2000 Carrier Corporation  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
PC 903 Catalog No. 563-025 Printed in U.S.A. Form 30GTN-3T Pg 88 3-00 Replaces: 30GTN-2T  
Book 2  
Tab 5c  
START-UP CHECKLIST FOR COMFORTLINKCHILLER SYSTEMS  
(Remove and use for job file)  
A. Preliminary Information  
JOB NAME _______________________________________________________________________________  
LOCATION _______________________________________________________________________________  
INSTALLING CONTRACTOR _________________________________________________________________  
DISTRIBUTOR ____________________________________________________________________________  
START-UP PERFORMED BY _________________________________________________________________  
EQUIPMENT: Chiller:  
COMPRESSORS:  
MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
CIRCUIT A  
CIRCUIT B  
1) MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
MTR NO.  
1) MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
MTR NO.  
2) MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
MTR NO.  
2) MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
MTR NO.  
3) MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
MTR NO.  
3) MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
MTR NO.  
4) MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
MTR NO.  
COOLER:  
MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
MANUFACTURED BY  
DATE  
TYPE OF EXPANSION VALVES (check one):  
EXV  
TXV  
AIR-HANDLING EQUIPMENT:  
MANUFACTURER  
MODEL NO.  
SERIAL NO.  
ADDITIONAL AIR-HANDLING UNITS AND ACCESSORIES  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
Book  
Tab  
2
PC 903  
Catalog No. 563-025  
Printed in U.S.A.  
Form 30GTN-3T  
Pg CL-1  
3-00  
Replaces: 30GTN-2T  
5c  
B. Preliminary Equipment Check  
(Check box if complete)  
IS THERE ANY SHIPPING DAMAGE? IF SO, WHERE  
_________________________________________________________________________________________  
WILL THIS DAMAGE PREVENT UNIT START-UP?  
HAVE COMPRESSOR BASE RAIL ISOLATORS ALL BEEN PROPERLY ADJUSTED?  
CHECK POWER SUPPLY. DOES IT AGREE WITH UNIT?  
HAS THE CIRCUIT PROTECTION BEEN SIZED AND INSTALLED PROPERLY?  
(refer to Installation Instructions)  
ARE THE POWER WIRES TO THE UNIT SIZED AND INSTALLED PROPERLY?  
(refer to Installation Instructions)  
HAS THE GROUND WIRE BEEN CONNECTED?  
ARE ALL TERMINALS TIGHT?  
CHECK AIR SYSTEMS (Check box if complete)  
ALL AIR HANDLERS OPERATING? (refer to air-handling equipment Installation and Start-Up Instructions)  
ALL CHILLED FLUID VALVES OPEN?  
ALL FLUID PIPING CONNECTED PROPERLY?  
ALL AIR BEEN VENTED FROM THE COOLER LOOP?  
CHILLED WATER (FLUID) PUMP (CWP) OPERATING WITH THE CORRECT ROTATION?  
CWP MOTOR AMPERAGE:  
PUMP PRESSURE:  
Rated  
Inlet  
Actual  
Outlet  
C. Unit Start-Up (insert check mark as each item is completed)  
CHILLER HAS BEEN PROPERLY INTERLOCKED WITH THE AUXILIARY CONTACTS OF THE CHILLED  
FLUID PUMP STARTER.  
UNIT IS SUPPLIED WITH CORRECT CONTROL VOLTAGE POWER  
(115 V FOR 208/230, 460, AND 575 V UNITS; 230 V FOR 380 AND 380/415 UNITS)  
CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ENERGIZED FOR A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS PRIOR TO START-UP.  
COMPRESSOR OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT.  
BOTH LIQUID LINE SERVICE VALVES ARE BACKSEATED.  
ALL COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE SERVICE VALVES ARE BACKSEATED.  
ALL COMPRESSOR SUCTION SERVICE VALVES ARE BACKSEATED.  
LOOSEN COMPRESSOR SHIPPING HOLDDOWN BOLTS.  
LEAK CHECK THOROUGHLY: CHECK ALL COMPRESSORS, CONDENSER MANIFOLDS AND HEADERS,  
EXVs, TXVs, SOLENOID VALVES, FILTER DRIERS, FUSIBLE PLUGS, THERMISTORS, AND COOLER  
HEADS, WITH ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR.  
LOCATE, REPAIR, AND REPORT ANY REFRIGERANT LEAKS.  
CL-2  
C. Unit Start-Up (cont)  
CHECK VOLTAGE IMBALANCE:  
AB  
AC  
BC  
AB + AC + BC (divided by 3) = AVERAGE VOLTAGE =  
MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM AVERAGE VOLTAGE =  
(MAX. DEVIATION)  
V
VOLTAGE IMBALANCE =  
x 100 =  
% VOLTAGE IMBALANCE  
AVERAGE VOLTAGE  
IF OVER 2% VOLTAGE IMBALANCE, DO NOT ATTEMPT TO START CHILLER!  
CALL LOCAL POWER COMPANY FOR ASSISTANCE.  
INCOMING POWER VOLTAGE TO CHILLER MODULES IS WITHIN RATED UNIT VOLTAGE  
RANGE.  
SYSTEM FLUID VOLUME IN LOOP: TYPE SYSTEM:  
AIR CONDITIONING MINIMUM 3 GAL PER NOMINAL TON (3.25 L PER kW) =  
PROCESS COOLING MINIMUM 6 GAL PER NOMINAL TON (6.50 L PER kW) =  
GAL (L)  
GAL (L)  
CHECK PRESSURE DROP ACROSS COOLER.  
FLUID ENTERING COOLER:  
FLUID LEAVING COOLER:  
PSIG (kPa)  
PSIG (kPa)  
(PSIG DIFFERENCE) x 2.31 = FT OF FLUID PRESSURE DROP =  
PLOT COOLER PRESSURE DROP ON PERFORMANCE DATA CHART (LOCATED IN PRODUCT DATA  
LITERATURE) TO DETERMINE TOTAL GPM (L/s).  
TOTAL GPM (L/s) =  
UNITS RATED MIN GPM (L/s) =  
GPM (L/s) PER TON =  
UNITS RATED MIN PRESSURE DROP =  
(Refer to product data literature.)  
JOBS SPECIFIED GPM (L/s) (if available):  
NOTE: IF UNIT HAS LOW FLUID FLOW, FIND SOURCE OF PROBLEM: CHECK FLUID PIPING, IN-LINE  
FLUID STRAINER, SHUT-OFF VALVES, CWP ROTATION, ETC.  
COOLER LOOP FREEZE PROTECTION IF REQUIRED:  
GALLONS (LITERS) ADDED:  
PIPING INCLUDES ELECTRIC TAPE HEATERS (Y/N):  
VISUALLY CHECK MAIN BASE BOARD AND EXV BOARD FOR THE FOLLOWING:  
INSPECT ALL THERMISTORS AND EXV CABLES FOR POSSIBLE CROSSED WIRES.  
CHECK TO BE SURE ALL WELL-TYPE THERMISTORS ARE FULLY INSERTED INTO THEIR  
RESPECTIVE WELLS.  
ALL CABLES AND PIN CONNECTORS TIGHT?  
ALL EXV, EMM, AND CXB BOARDS (IF INSTALLED) AND DISPLAY CONNECTIONS TIGHT?  
CL-3  
C. Unit Start-Up (cont)  
UNIT (Configuration Settings)  
ITEM  
TYPE  
DESCRIPTION  
Unit Type  
STATUS  
1 = Air Cooled  
UNITS  
VALUE  
2 = Water Cooled  
3 = Split System  
4 = Heat Machine  
5 = Air Cooled Heat Reclaim  
TONS  
CAP.A  
CMP.A  
CYL.A  
CMP.B  
CYL.B  
EXV  
SH.SP  
SH.OF  
REFG  
FAN.S  
Unit Size  
15 to 300  
0 to 100  
1 to 4  
4 or 6  
1 to 4  
TONS  
%
Circuit A1% Capacity  
Number Circ A Compressor  
Compressor A1 Cylinders  
Number Circ B Compressor  
Compressor B1 Cylinders  
EXV Module Installed  
EXV Superheat Setpoint  
EXV Superheat Offset  
Refrigerant  
4 or 6  
No/Yes  
10 to 40  
20 to 20  
1 = R22 2 = R134A  
1 = 2 Stage indpt.  
2 = 3 Stage indpt.  
3 = 2 Stage common  
4 = 3 Stage common  
^F  
^F  
Fan Staging Select  
PRESS ESCAPE KEY TO DISPLAY UNIT. PRESS DOWN ARROW KEY TO DISPLAY OPT1.  
PRESS ENTER KEY. RECORD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION BELOW:  
OPTIONS1 (Options Configuration)  
ITEM  
FLUD  
DESCRIPTION  
Cooler Fluid  
STATUS  
VALUE  
1 = Water  
2 = Med. Brine  
3 = Low Brine  
HGB.S  
HPCM  
Hot Gas Bypass Select  
Head Press. Cont. Method  
No/Yes  
1 = EXV controlled  
2 = Setpoint controlled  
3 = Setpoint-A, EXV-B  
4 = EXV-A, Setpoint-B  
HPCT  
Head Press. Control Type  
0 = None  
1 = Air Cooled  
2 = Water Cooled  
MMR.S  
PRTS  
PMP.I  
CPC  
CNP.I  
CNPC  
Motormaster Select  
No/Yes  
No/Yes  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Off/On  
Pressure Transducer  
Cooler Pump Interlock  
Cooler Pump Control  
Condenser Pump Interlock  
Condenser Pump Control  
0 = No Control  
1 = On with Mode  
2 = On with Compressor(s)  
CWT.S  
CA.UN  
CB.UN  
EMM  
Condenser Fluid Sensors  
No. Circuit A Unloaders  
No. Circuit B Unloaders  
EMM Module Installed  
No/Yes  
0-2  
0-2  
No/Yes  
CL-4  
C. Unit Start-Up (cont)  
PRESS ESCAPE KEY TO DISPLAY OPT1. PRESS DOWN ARROW KEY TO DISPLAY OPT2.  
PRESS ENTER KEY.  
RECORD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION BELOW:  
OPTIONS2 (Options Configuration)  
ITEM  
CTRL  
DESCRIPTION  
Control Method  
STATUS  
0 = Switch  
1 = 7 day sched.  
2 = Occupancy  
3 = CCN  
UNITS  
VALUE  
CCNA  
CCNB  
BAUD  
CCN Address  
CCN Bus Number  
CCN Baud Rate  
1 to 239  
0 to 239  
1 = 240  
2 = 480  
3 = 9600  
4 = 19,200  
5 = 38,400  
LOAD  
LLCS  
Loading Sequence Select  
Lead/Lag Circuit Select  
1 = Equal loading  
2 = Staged loading  
1 = Automatic  
2 = Circuit A leads  
3 = Circuit B leads  
LCWT  
DELY  
ICE.M  
High LCW Alert Limit  
Minutes off time  
Ice Mode Enable  
2 to 60  
0 to 15  
Enable/Disable  
^F  
min.  
PRESS ESCAPE KEY TO DISPLAY OPT2. PRESS DOWN ARROW KEY TO DISPLAY RSET.  
PRESS ENTER KEY.  
RECORD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION BELOW:  
RESETCON (Temperature Reset and Demand Limit)  
ITEM  
DESCRIPTION  
COOLING RESET  
Cooling Reset Type  
STATUS  
UNITS  
VALUE  
CRST  
0 = No Reset  
1 = 4-20 mA input  
2 = External temp-OAT  
3 = Return fluid  
4 = External temp-SPT  
CRT1  
CRT2  
DGRC  
HRST  
No Cool Reset Temp  
Full Cool Reset Temp  
Degrees Cool Reset  
Heating Reset Type  
0 to 125  
0 to 125  
30 to 30  
°F  
°F  
^F  
0 = No Reset  
1 = 4-20 mA input  
2 = External temp-OAT  
3 = Return fluid  
4 = External temp-SPT  
HRT1  
HRT2  
DGRH  
No Heat Reset Temp  
Full Heat Reset Temp  
Degrees Heat Reset  
DEMAND LIMIT  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
30 to 30  
°F  
°F  
^F  
DMDC  
Demand Limit Select  
0 = None  
0
1 = External switch input  
2 = 4-20 ma input  
3 = Loadshed  
DM20  
SHNM  
SHDL  
SHTM  
DLS1  
DLS2  
Demand Limit at 20mA  
Loadshed Group Number  
Loadshed Demand Delta  
Maximum Loadshed Time  
Demand Limit Switch 1  
Demand Limit Switch 2  
LEAD/LAG  
0 to 100  
0 to 99  
0 to 60  
0 to 120  
0 to 100  
0 to 100  
%
%
min  
%
%
LLEN  
MSSL  
SLVA  
LLBL  
LLBD  
LLDY  
Lead/Lag Chiller Enable  
Master/Slave Select  
Slave Address  
Lead/Lag Balance Select  
Lead/Lag Balance Delta  
Lag Start Delay  
Enable/Disable  
Slave/Master  
0 to 239  
Enable/Disable  
40 to 400  
hours  
min  
0 to 30  
CL-5  
C. Unit Start-Up (cont)  
PRESS ESCAPE KEY TO DISPLAY RSET. PRESS DOWN ARROW KEY TO DISPLAY SLCT.  
PRESS ENTER KEY.  
RECORD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION BELOW:  
SLCT (Heating Cooling Setpoint Select)  
ITEM  
DESCRIPTION  
STATUS  
UNITS  
VALUE  
CLSP  
Cooling Setpoint Select  
0 = Single  
1 = Dual Switch  
2 = Dual Clock  
3 = 4 to 20 mA Input  
4 = 4-20 mA Input  
5 = External Setpoint Potentiometer  
HTSP  
Heating Setpoint Select  
0 = Single  
1 = Dual Switch  
2 = Dual 7 day schedule  
3 = Dual CCN occupancy  
4 = 4-20 mA Input  
5 = Setpoint Potentiometer  
RL.S  
Ramp Load Select  
Cooling Ramp Loading  
Heating Ramp Loading  
Heat Cool Select  
Enable/Disable  
0.2 to 2.0  
0.2 to 2.0  
Cool/Heat  
1.0 to 4.0  
CRMP  
HRMP  
HCSW  
Z.GN  
Deadband Multiplier  
PRESS ESCAPE KEY SEVERAL TIMES TO GET TO THE MODE LEVEL (BLANK DISPLAY). USE THE  
ARROW KEYS TO SCROLL TO THE SET POINT LED. PRESS ENTER TO DISPLAY SETPOINTS.  
RECORD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION BELOW:  
SETPOINT  
SUB-MODE  
COOL  
ITEM  
CSP.1  
CSP.2  
CSP.3  
HSP.1  
HSP.2  
HD.P.A  
HD.P.B  
DESCRIPTION  
Cooling Setpoint 1  
Cooling Setpoint 2  
Cooling Setpoint 3  
Heating Setpoint 1  
Heating Setpoint 2  
Head Pressure Setpoint A  
Head Pressure Setpoint B  
STATUS  
20 to 70  
20 to 70  
20 to 32  
80 to 140  
80 to 140  
80 to 140  
80 to 140  
UNITS  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
VALUE  
HEAT  
HEAD  
USE ARROW/ESCAPE KEYS TO ILLUMINATE TEMPERATURES LED. PRESS ENTER TO DISPLAY  
UNIT. PRESS ENTER AND USE THE ARROW KEYS TO RECORD TEMPERATURES FOR T1 AND  
T2 BELOW. RECORD T9 AND T10 IF INSTALLED. RECORD CONDENSER ENTERING AND LEAVING  
FLUID TEMPERATURES IF INSTALLED. PRESS ESCAPE TO DISPLAY UNITAGAIN AND PRESS  
THE DOWN ARROW KEY TO DISPLAY CIR.A. PRESS ENTER AND USE THE ARROW KEYS  
TO RECORD TEMPERATURE FOR T3 (30GTN,R ONLY). USING A DC VOLTMETER, MEASURE  
AND RECORD THE VOLTAGE FOR EACH THERMISTOR AT THE LOCATION SHOWN. FOR MODELS  
WITH QUICKSET, RECORD THE TEMPERATURES ACCORDING TO THE DC VOLTAGES USING  
TABLES 32A-33B.  
TEMPERATURE  
VDC  
BOARD LOCATION  
MBB, J8 PINS 13,14  
MBB, J8 PINS 11,12  
MBB, J8 PINS 21,22  
MBB, J8 PINS 7,8  
MBB, J8 PINS 5,6  
MBB, J8 PINS 1,2  
MBB, J8 PINS 3,4  
T1 (CLWT)  
T2 (CEWT)  
T3 (SCT.A)  
T9 (OAT)  
T10 (SPT)  
(CNDE)  
(CNDL)  
CL-6  
C. Unit Start-Up (cont)  
USE ESCAPE/ARROW KEYS TO ILLUMINATE CONFIGURATION LED. PRESS ENTER TO DISPLAY DISP.  
PRESS ENTER AGAIN TO DISPLAY TESTFOLLOWED BY OFF. PRESS ENTER TO STOP DISPLAY AT  
OFFAND ENTER AGAIN SO OFFDISPLAY FLASHES. PASSAND WORDWILL FLASH IF PASSWORD  
NEEDS TO BE ENTERED. PRESS ENTER TO DISPLAY PASSWORD FIELD AND USE THE ENTER KEY FOR  
EACH OF THE FOUR PASSWORD DIGITS. USE ARROW KEYS IF PASSWORD IS OTHER THAN STANDARD.  
AT FLASHING OFFDISPLAY, PRESS THE UP ARROW KEY TO DISPLAY ONAND PRESS ENTER. ALL LED  
SEGMENTS AND MODE LEDS WILL LIGHT UP. PRESS ESCAPE TO STOP THE TEST. PRESS ESCAPE TO  
RETURN TO THE DISPDISPLAY. PRESS THE ESCAPE KEY AGAIN AND USE THE ARROW KEYS TO ILLU-  
MINATE THE SERVICE TEST LED. PRESS ENTER TO DISPLAY TEST. PRESS ENTER TO STOP DISPLAY  
AT OFFAND ENTER AGAIN SO OFFFLASHES. PRESS THE UP ARROW KEY AND ENTER TO ENABLE  
THE MANUAL MODE. PRESS ESCAPE AND DISPLAY NOW SAYS TEST’ ‘ON.  
PRESS THE DOWN ARROW TO DISPLAY OUTS. PRESS THE ENTER KEY TO DISPLAY LLS.A. PRESS  
THE ENTER KEY TO STOP DISPLAY AT OFFAND ENTER AGAIN SO OFFFLASHES. PRESS THE UP  
ARROW KEY AND ENTER TO TURN THE OUTPUT ON. PRESS ENTER SO THE ONDISPLAY FLASHES,  
PRESS THE DOWN ARROW KEY AND THEN ENTER TO TURN THE OUTPUT OFF. OUTPUTS WILL ALSO BE  
TURNED OFF OR SENT TO 0% WHEN ANOTHER OUTPUT IS TURNED ON. CHECK OFF THE FOLLOWING  
THAT APPLY AFTER BEING TESTED:  
LLS.A  
LLS.B  
FAN1  
FAN3  
CLR.P  
RMT.A  
N/A  
N/A  
EXV.A  
EXV.B  
FAN2  
FAN4  
(TB5 10,12)  
(TB5 11,12)  
CND.P  
N/A  
USE ESCAPE KEY TO RETURN TO OUTSDISPLAY. PRESS DOWN ARROW TO DISPLAY COMP. PRESS  
ENTER KEY TO DISPLAY CC.A1. NOTE THAT UNLOADERS AND HOT GAS BYPASS SOLENOIDS CAN BE  
TESTED BOTH WITH AND WITHOUT COMPRESSOR(S) RUNNING. MAKE SURE ALL SERVICE VALVES ARE  
OPEN AND COOLER/CONDENSER PUMPS HAVE BEEN TURNED ON BEFORE STARTING COMPRES-  
SORS. CHECK OFF EACH ITEM AFTER SUCCESSFUL TEST. THE CONTROL WILL ONLY START ONE COM-  
PRESSOR PER MINUTE. WHEN AT THE DESIRED ITEM, PRESS THE ENTER KEY TWICE TO MAKE THE  
OFFFLASH. PRESS THE UP ARROW KEY AND ENTER TO TURN THE OUTPUT ON.  
CC.A1  
CC.A3  
UL.A1  
HGBP  
CC.B1  
CC.B3  
UL.B1  
CC.A2  
CC.A4  
UL.A2  
CC.B2  
CC.B4  
UL.B2  
CHECK AND ADJUST SUPERHEAT AS REQUIRED.  
CL-7  
All Units:  
MEASURE THE FOLLOWING (MEASURE WHILE MACHINE IS IN STABLE OPERATING CONDITION):  
CIRCUIT A  
CIRCUIT B  
DISCHARGE PRESSURE  
SUCTION PRESSURE  
OIL PRESSURE  
DISCHARGE LINE TEMP  
SUCTION LINE TEMP  
SATURATED COND TEMP (T3/T4)  
SATURATED SUCT TEMP (T5/T6)  
SUCTION GAS TEMP (T7/T8)  
COOLER ENT FLUID (T2)  
COOLER LVG FLUID (T1)  
Copyright 2000 Carrier Corporation  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
Book  
Tab  
2
PC 903  
Catalog No. 563-025  
Printed in U.S.A.  
Form 30GTN-3T  
Pg CL-8  
3-00  
Replaces: 30GTN-2T  
5c  

Briggs Stratton 60100 User Manual
Brother MFC 925 User Manual
Brother MFC 9325CW User Manual
Energizer Battery Charger CHUSB User Manual
Friedrich WallMaster WY10B33C User Manual
GE TAD 732 User Manual
Haier HSU 189M07 User Manual
Honda Automobiles Tonneau Cover 4N09020S User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard C4200 User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard Hewlett Packard All in One Printer F2200 User Manual